Loading...
FIR2022-0002+Fire_Sprinkler_Equipment_Specification_Sheets+1.6.2022_12.13.33_PM+2607057RECEIVED FIR2022-0002 Jan 11 2022Fire Systems West Inc. CITY OF EDMONDSDS DEVELOPMENTSERVICES DEPARTMENTMENT 206 FRONTAGE ROAD NORTH, SUITE C PACIFIC, WA 98047 (253) 833-1248 FIRE SPRINKLER Material Submittal FOR Edmonds WWTFII Edmonds, WA FSW JOB NO. 2-11-11859 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 1 — Pipe and Fittings 1. Sch. 40 & 10 Pipe 2. Anvil Ductile Iron Threaded Fittings 3. Anvil Cast Iron Threaded Fittings 4. Grooved Couplings 5. Grooved End Fittings Section 2 — Hangers & Sway Bracing 1. All Thread Rod 2. Retaining Strap 3. C-Type Clamp 4. Fig. 980 Universal Sway Brace Attachment 5. Fig. 1001 Sway Brace Attachment 6. Fig. 41-A Sway Brace Attachment 7. Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 8. Hanger Ring 9. HDI-P TZ Drop In Anchor Section 3 — Valves & Accessories 1. Tyco Grooved Butterfly Valve w/ Tamper 2. 1011T Test and Drain Valve 3. Deringer 20 Double Check Valve Assembly Section 4 — Alarms & Supervisory Devices 1. Potter VSR Waterflow Switch Section 5 — Sprinklers 1. TY-FRB QR Standard Coverage Upright and Pendent Sprinklers SECTION 1 PIPE AND FITTINGS FM Approved and Fully Listed Sprinkler Pipe Wheatland Tube's Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 steel fire sprinkler pipe is FM Approved and UL* and C-UL Listed. Approvals and Specifications Both products meet or exceed the following standards: • ASTM A135, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 10) • ASTM A795, Type E, Grade A (Schedule 40) • NFPA* 13 and NFPA 14 Manufacturing Protocols Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 are subjected to the toughest possible testing protocols to ensure the highest quality and long-lasting performance. Finishes and Coatings All Wheatland black steel fire sprinkler pipe receives a proprietary mill coating to ensure a clean, corrosion -resistant surface that outperforms and outlasts standard lacquer coatings. This coating allows the pipe to be easily painted, without special preparation. Schedule 10 and Schedule 40 can be ordered in black, or with hot -dip galvanizing, to meet FM/UL requirements for dry systems that meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A795 or A53. All Wheatland galvanized material is also UL Listed. Product Marking Each length of Wheatland fire sprinkler pipe is continuously stenciled to show the manufacturer, type of pipe, grade, size and length. Barcoding is acceptable as a supplementary identification method. SCHEDULE 10 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES in. mm In. ` lbs./ft. kg/m CRR• Lift 1'/a 1.660 42.2 1.442 36.6 0.109 2.77 1.81 2.69 7.3 61 11/2 1.900 48.3 1.682 42.7 0.109 2.77 2.09 3.11 5.8 61 2 2.375 60.3 2.157 54.8 0.109 2.77 2.64 3.93 4.7 37 21/2 2.875 73.0 2.635 66.9 0.120 3.05 3.53 5.26 3.5 30 3 3.500 88.9 3.260 82.8 0.120 3.05 4.34 6.46 2.6 19 4 4.500 114.3 4.260 108.2 0.120 3.05 5.62 8.37 1.6 19 5 5.563 141.3 5.295 134.5 0.134 3.40 7.78 11.58 1.5 13 6 6.625 168.3 6.357 161.5 0.134 3.40 9.30 13.85 1.0 10 a 8.625 219.1 8.249 209.5 0.188 4.78 16.96 25.26 2.1 7 * Calculated using Standard UL CPR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CPR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). SCHEDULE 40 SPECIFICATIONS NOMINAL NOMINAL NPS NOM OD NOM ID WALL WEIGHT UL PIECES in. mm _PM Ibs./ft. kg/m CRR* Lift 1 1.315 33.4 1.049 26.6 0.133 3.38 1.68 2.50 1.00 70 11/a 1.660 42.2 1.380 35.1 0.140 3.56 2.27 3.39 1.00 51 11/2 1.900 48.3 1.610 40.9 0.145 3.68 2.72 4.05 1.00 44 2 2.375 60.3 2.067 52.5 0.154 3.91 3.66 5.45 1.00 30 Calculated using Standard UL CPR formula, UL Fire Protection Directory, Category VIZY. The CPR is a ratio value used to measure the ability of a pipe to withstand corrosion. Threaded Schedule 40 steel pipe is used as the benchmark (value of 1.0). UL C UL F M APPROVED PROJECT: CONTRACTOR: DATE: ENGINEER: LOCATIONS: ❑ BLACK 700 South Dock Street info@wheatland.com - Sharon, PA 16146 wheatland.com P 800.257.8182 Follow us on Twitter: F 724.346.7260 @WheatlandTube SPECIFICATION REFERENCE: COMMENTS: ❑ HOT -DIP GALVANIZED SYSTEM TYPE: W FS-012618 Wheatland Tube I1III M\ A DIVISION OF ZEKELMAN INDUSTRIES SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3201 90' Elbow I I I I I I A' I I FIGURE 3201 900 ELBOW Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.62 20 3450 38.10 0.28 1 i/4 500 1.75 0.90 32 3450 44.45 0.41 1 /2 500 1.94 1.20 40 3450 49.276 0.54 2 500 2.25 1.85 50 1 3450 57.15 1 0.84 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. AO pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 -us <S> STED APPROVED 'Approval Details and Limitations, vebsite at w .anvlllntl.com or n Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGSNvi FIG. 3202 45' Elbow Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.12 0.46 25 3450 28.44 0.21 1 i/4 500 1.29 0.73 32 3450 32.76 0.33 11/2 500 1.43 0.92 40 3450 36.32 0.42 2 500 1.68 1.50 50 1 3450 1 42.67 1 0.68 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. AO pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. C UL US <S> LISTED APPROVED stings/Approval Details and Limitations, t our wel site at www.anvlllntl.com or itact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3201R Reducing 90' Elbow 2 1 1x2 FIGURE 3201R - REDUCING I 0 ELBOW Nominal Size Max. Working Pressured Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 A g In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x /2 500 1.26 1.36 0.44 25 x 15 3450 32.00 34.54 0.20 1 x 3/4 500 1.37 1.45 0.52 25 x 20 3450 34.79 36.83 0.24 1 t/4 x 1/2 500 1.34 1.53 0.64 32 x 15 34550 34.03 38.86 0.29 11/4 x 3/4 500 1.45 1.62 0.72 32 x 20 3450 36.83 41.14 0.33 11/4 x 1 500 1.58 1.67 0.75 32 x 25 3450 40.13 42.41 0.34 11/z x 1 500 1.65 1.80 0.92 40 x 25 3450 41.91 45.72 0.42 11/2 x 11/4 500 1.82 1.88 1.08 40 x 32 3450 46.22 47.75 0.49 2 x 1/2 500 1.49 1.88 1.08 50 x 15 3450 37.84 47.75 0.49 2 x 1/4 500 1.60 1.97 1.24 50 x 20 3450 40.64 50.03 0.56 2 x 1 500 1.73 2.02 1.40 50 x 25 3450 43.94 51.30 0.64 2 x 11/4 500 1.90 2.10 1.52 50 x 32 3450 48.26 53.34 0.70 2 x 11/2 500 2.02 2.16 1.65 50 x 40 1 3450 1 51.30 1 54.86 1 0.75 A - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit onvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 Dus <S> ISTED APPROVED /Approval Details and Limitations, aebsite at www.anvilintl.com or in Anvih Sales Representative, Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/131I-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3205 Straight Tee A I I I I I STRAIGHT Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressurek In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.50 0.85 25 3450 38.10 0.39 1 A 500 1.75 1.22 32 3450 44.45 0.55 1 /z 500 1.94 1.55 40 3450 49.27 0.70 2 500 2.25 2.45 50 1 3450 1 57.15 1 1.11 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C UL US <S> LISTED APPROVED bogs/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at www.anvilintl.com or act an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL.° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3205R Reducing Tee 2 3 1 1 x 2 x 3 FIGURE IREDUCING Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each l x 2 x 3 Pressures A B In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x t/z x 1 500 1.50 1.36 1.50 0.64 25 x 15 x 25 3450 38.10 34.54 38.10 0.29 1 x 3/4 x 1 500 1.50 1.45 1.50 0.73 25 x 20 x 25 3450 38.10 36.83 38.10 0.33 1 x 1 x /2 500 1.26 1.26 1.36 0.71 25 x 25 x 15 3450 32.00 32.00 34.54 0.32 1 x 1 x 3/4 500 1.37 1.37 1.45 0.76 250500 3450 34.80 34.80 36.83 0.34 1 x 1 x 1 t/4* 500 1.67 1.67 1.58 0.98 25 x 25 x 32 3450 42.41 42.41 40.13 0.44 1 x 1 x 1 t/z* 500 1.80 1.80 1.65 1.16 25 x 25 x 40 3450 45.72 45.72 41.91 0.53 1 /4 x 1 x t/z* 500 1.34 1.26 1.53 0.82 32 x 25 x 15 3450 34.04 32.00 38.86 0.37 1 t/4 X 1 X 3/4 500 1.45 1.37 1.62 0.90 32 x 25 x 20 3450 36.83 34.80 41.15 0.41 1 t/4 x 1 x 1 500 1.58 1.50 1.67 1.00 32 x 25 x 25 3450 40.13 38.10 42.42 0.45 1 t/4 x 1 x 1 t/4 500 1.75 1.67 1.75 1.08 32 x 25 x 32 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.49 1 t/4 x 1 x 1 /2 500 1.88 1.80 1.82 1.42 32 x 25 x 40 3450 47.75 45.72 46.22 0.64 1 t/4 x 1 /4 x /2 500 1.34 1.34 1.53 0.86 32 x 32 x 15 3450 1 34.04 34.04 38.86 1 0.39 Dimensions: ASME B16.3 i UL US <S> LISTED APPROVED stings/Approval Details and Limitations, our website at www.anvilintl.com or tact an Anvil' Sales Representative, Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. FIGURE 3205R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working Pressures Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each l x 2 x 3 A 7 B PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 t/4 X 1'A X 3/4 32 x 32 x 20 500 3450 1.45 1 36.83 1.45 36.83 1.62 41.15 0.92 0.42 1 t/4 x 1 t/4 x 1 32 x 32 x 25 500 3450 1.58 40.13 1.58 40.13 1.67 42.42 0.95 0.43 1 t/4 x 1 /4 x 1 t/z* 32 x 32 x 40 500 3450 1.88 47.75 1.88 1 47.75 1.82 46.22 1.45 0.66 Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULc, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as "Bull Head Tee". PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3205R Reducing Tee T ' 2 B' ' 3 T ' A 1 1 x 2 x 3 FIGURE 3205R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 Pressured A B C In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 11/4 x 11/4 x 2* 500 2.10 2.10 1.90 1.75 32 x 32 x 50 3450 53.34 53.34 48.26 0.79 11/2 x 1 x /2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 0.95 40 x 25 x 15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.43 1 V2 x 1 x 3/4 500 1.52 1.37 1.75 1.14 40 x 25 x 20 3450 38.61 34.80 44.45 0.52 11/2 x 1 x 1 500 1.65 1.50 1.80 1.17 40 x 25 x 25 3450 41.91 38.10 45.72 0.53 1 /2 x 1 x 11/4 500 1.82 1.67 1.88 1.34 40 x 25 x 32 3450 46.23 42.42 47.75 0.61 11/2 x 1 x 11/2 500 1.94 1.80 1.94 1.45 40 x 25 x 40 3450 49.28 45.72 49.28 0.66 1 '/2 xl b x /2 500 1.41 1.34 1.66 1.05 40 x 32 x 15 3450 35.81 34.04 42.16 0.48 11/2 xl'A x 3/4 500 1.52 1.45 1.75 1.15 40 x 32 x 20 3450 38.61 36.83 44.45 0.5 1 /2 x 1 /4 x 1 500 1.65 1.58 1.80 1.25 40 x 32 x 25 3450 41.91 40.13 45.72 0.57 1/2x1/4x2* 500 2.16 2.10 2.02 1.90 40 x 32 x 50 3450 54.86 53.34 51.30 0.86 P/2x1/2XV2 500 1.41 1.41 1.16 1.15 40 x 40 x 15 3450 35.81 35.81 29.46 0.52 1 '/2 X 1 �/2 X 3/4 500 1.52 1.52 1.75 1.24 40 x 40 x 20 3450 38.61 38.61 44.45 0.56 1'/2 x 11/2 x 1 500 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.30 40 x 40 x 25 3450 41.91 41.91 45.12 0.59 11/2 x 11/2 x 1 �/4 500 1.82 1.82 1.88 1.48 40 x 40 x 32 3450 46.23 46.23 47.75 0.67 FIGURE 3205R - REDUCING TEE Nominal Size Max. Working Dimensions Approx. Wt. Each 1 x 2 x 3 Pressured A B C In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 11/2 x 11/2 x 2* 500 2.16 2.16 2.02 1.98 40 x 40 x 50 3450 54.86 54.86 51.30 0.90 2 x 1 x 2 500 2.25 2.02 2.25 2.15 50 x 25 x 50 3450 57.15 51.31 57.15 0.98 2 x 1'/4 x 2 500 2.25 2.10 2.25 2.30 50 x 32 x 50 3450 57.15 53.34 57.15 1.04 2 x 11/2 x 1/2 500 1.49 1.41 1.88 1.50 50 x 40 x 15 3450 37.85 35.81 47.75 0.68 2 x 11/2 X 1/4 500 1.60 1.52 1.97 1.62 50 x 40 x 20 3450 40.64 38.61 50.04 0.73 2 x 11/2 x 1 500 1.73 1.65 2.02 1.64 50 x 40 x 25 3450 43.94 41.91 51.31 0.74 2 x 11/2 x 11/4 500 1.90 1.82 2.10 1.80 50 x 40 x 32 3450 48.76 46.23 53.34 0.82 2 x 11/2 x 11/2 500 2.02 1.94 2.16 2.00 50 x 40 x 40 3450 51.31 49.28 54.86 0.91 2 x 11/2 x 2 500 2.25 2.16 2.25 2.35 50 x 40 x 50 3450 57.15 54.86 57.15 1.07 2 x 2 x 1/2 500 1.49 1.49 1.88 1.60 50 x 50 x 15 3450 37.85 37.85 47.75 0.73 2 x 2 x 1/4 500 1.60 1.60 1.97 1.68 50 x 50 x 20 3450 40.64 40.64 50.04 0.76 2 x 2 x 1 500 1.73 1.73 2.02 1.85 50 x 50 x 25 3450 43.94 43.94 51.31 0.84 2 x 2 x 11/4 500 1.90 1.90 2.10 2.04 50 x 50 x 32 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.93 2x2x1/2 500 2.02 2.02 2.16 2.18 50 x 50 x 40 3450 44.45 42.42 44.45 0.99 ♦ Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as "Bull Head Tee". SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3221R Reducing Coupling Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 x /2 500 1.69 0.39 25 x 15 3450 42.92 0.18 1 x 3/4 500 1.69 0.53 25 x 20 3450 42.92 0.24 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C UL US <S> LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3221 Coupling I I I I FIGURE 3221 - COUPLING Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.67 0.40 25 3450 42.42 0.18 11/4 500 1.93 0.57 32 3450 49.02 0.26 11/2 500 2.15 0.75 40 3450 54.61 0.34 2 500 2.53 1.15 50 1 3450 1 64.26 1 0.52 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. AO pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C UL US <S> LISTED APPROVED For Llstings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvlllntl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL.° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3283 Bushings F_t �B IA M- Inside Head C � F- I� B I �A M- Outside Head FIGURE 3283 - BUSHINGS Nominal Size Max. Working Pressures Dimensions Style Approx. Wt. Each Male (M) x Female (F) A g ( In. (Tim) PSI (kPa) In. (Tim) In. (mm) In. (mm) L6s. (kg) 1 x I/2 500 0.75 0.25 1.42 Outside 0.22 25 x 15 3450 19.05 6.35 36.06 0.10 1 x 3/a 500 0.75 0.25 1.42 Outside 0.17 25 x 20 3450 19.05 6.35 36.06 0.08 11/a x 1 500 0.80 0.28 1.76 Outside 0.28 32 x 25 3450 20.32 7.11 44.70 0.13 11/2 x 1 500 0.83 0.31 2.00 Outside 0.45 40 x 25 3450 21.08 7.874 50.80 0.20 11/2 x 11/a 500 0.83 0.31 2.00 Outside 0.30 40 x 32 3450 21.08 7.874 50.80 0.14 2 x 1 500 0.88 0.41 1.95 Inside 0.67 50 x 25 3450 22.35 10.414 49.53 0.30 2 x 11/a 500 0.88 0.34 2.48 Outside 0.73 50 x 3 1 3450 1 22.35 1 8.636 1 62.99 1 1 0.33 2 x 11/2 500 0.88 0.34 2.48 Outside 0.61 50 x 40 3450 22.35 8.636 62.99 0.28 - Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.14 i UL US <S> LISTED APPROVED Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, iisit our website at www.anvilintl.com or :ontact an Anvil' Sales Representative, Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3224 Cap A FIGURE 3224 - CAP Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure. In. (mm) PSI (kPa) In. (mm) Lbs. (kg) 1 500 1.16 0.32 25 3450 29.46 0.15 11/4 500 1.28 0.43 32 3450 32.51 0.20 11/2 500 1.33 0.60 40 3450 33.78 0.27 2 500 1.45 0.91 50 1 3450 1 36.83 1 0.41 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. AO pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. Dimensions: ASME B16.3 C UL US <S> LISTED APPROVED For Llstings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvlllntl.com or contact an Anvil® Sales Representative. Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-1.15 SPF/RNVIL° DUCTILE IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL FIG. 3388 Cored Plug FIGURE 3388 - CORED PLUG Nominal Size Maximum Dimension A Approx. Wt. Each Working Pressure In. (Tim) PSI (kPa) In. (Tim) Lbs. (kg) /z* 500 0.94 0.10 15 3450 23.87 0.05 3/4 500 1.07 0.17 20 3450 27.17 0.08 1 500 1.25 0.28 25 3450 31.75 0.13 11/4 500 1.36 0.44 32 3450 34.54 0.20 11/Z 500 1.45 0.62 40 3450 36.83 0.28 2 500 1.56 0.91 50 3450 39.62 0.41 — Working Pressure Ratings are for reference only and based on Sch. 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC, and FM pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, please visit anvilintl.com or contact your local Anvil Representative. * Part supplied as Solid Plug. Dimensions: ASME B16.14 C UL US <S> LISTED APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilintl.com or contact an Anvil' Sales Representative, Material: ASTM A536 Grade 65-45-12 Finish: Black Threads: NPT per ASME B1.20.1 Agency Approvals: All ductile iron threaded fittings are UL/ULC Listed and FM Approved. Pressure - Temperature Ratings in accordance with ASME B16.3 Class 150 NOTICE: Ductile iron fittings have higher tensile strength than that of steel pipe. Therefore, over tightening can cause damage to pipe threads which may cause leakage. Ductile iron fittings should be tightened approximately three turns beyond hand tight, but no more than four turns. PROJECT Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: SPF/DI-5.16 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Anvil standard and extra heavy cast iron threaded fittings are manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.4. Plugs and bushings are manufactured in accordance with ASME B16.14. NOTE: Figure 367 Concentric Reducers do not meet the overall length requirement of ASME B16.4. All other dimensions are in compliance. C U` V$ FM APPROVED For Listings/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilinti.com or contact an Anvil Sales Representative. Cast Iron Threaded Fittings Pressure - Temperature Ratings Temperature Pressure Class 125 Class 250 (°F) (° psi I bar psi I bar -200 to 1500 -28.9 to 65.6 175 12.1 400 27.6 2000 93.3 165 11.4 370 25.5 2500 121.1 150 10.3 340 23.4 300° 148.9 140 9.7 310 21.4 350° 176.7 T25 8.6 300 20.7 400° 204.4 — 250 17.2 Standards and Specifications Dimensions Material Galvanizing` Thread Pressure Rating CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Class 125 ASME 1316.4 ASTM A-126 (A) ASTM A-153 ASME 131.20.1 ASME 1316.4 Class 250 ASME 616.4 ASTM A-126 (A) ASTM A-153 ASME 131.20.1 ASME 1316.4 CAST IRON PLUGS AND BUSHINGS ASME 1316.14 1 ASTM A-126 (A) I ASTM A-153 1 ASME 131.20.1 ASME 1316.14 " ASTM B 633. Type I, SC 4, may be supplied as alternate zinc coating per applicable ASME 616 product standard. PF-11.16 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) ❑FIGURE 351 90° Elbow Size A B Unit Weight Black <-B -A--1 - ---------- r------ '- - B A '- NPS DN in mm in mm Ibs k '/4 8 1/2 13 13/16 22 0.16 0.07 3A 10 9/16 14 15/16 24 0.25 0.11 '/2 15 11/16 17 11/8 29 0.40 0.18 3A 20 13/16 22 115/16 33 0.60 0.27 1 25 15/16 24 11/2 38 0.92 0.42 11/4 32 11/8 29 13A 44 1.44 0.65 11/2 40 16/16 33 115/16 49 1.95 0.88 2 50 19/16 40 21/4 57 3.13 1.42 21/2 65 113/16 47 211/16 68 4.94 2.24 3 80 23/16 56 31/8 79 7.21 3.27 31/2 90 27/16 62 37/16 87 9.67 4.39 4 100 211/16 68 313/16 98 12.17 5.52 5 125 36/16 84 41/2 114 21.46 9.73 6 150 37/8 98 51/6 130 31.33 14.21 8 200 53/16 132 6'/16 167 64.56 29.28 Note: See following page for pressure -temperature ratings. PROJECT1 1APPROVAL Project: []Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PF-6.13 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 352 90' Elbow, Reducing - -„ �D ' I�B -------'---- --�- �_. A' C Size A B C D Unit Weight Black NIPS DIN NPS DN in mm in mm in mm in mm Ibs k 1/2 15 1/4 3/3 8 10 5/3 5/8 16 16 'A 11/16 19 17 11/16 27 11/16 27 11/16 27 11/16 27 0.40 0.18 0.34 0.15 3/4 20 1/2 15 11/16 17 13/16 22 11/4 32 11/4 32 0.51 0.23 1 25 1/2 3A 15 20 11/16 13/16 17 22 15/16 15/16 24 24 13/8 35 17/16 37 13/6 35 17/16 37 0.67 0.30 0.76 0.34 11/4 32 1/2 3A 1 15 20 25 11/16 13/16 15/16 17 22 24 11/16 11/8 11/8 27 29 29 11/2 38 15/8 41 111/16 43 11/2 38 15A 41 111/16 43 1.07 0.49 1.02 0.46 1.21 0.55 11/2 40 1/2 3A 1 11/4 15 20 25 32 3/4 7/8 1 13/16 19 22 25 30 11/4 15/16 11/4 11/4 32 33 32 32 15/6 41 113/16 47 113/16 47 17/8 48 15/6 41 113/16 47 113/16 47 17/8 48 1.53 0.69 1.55 0.70 1.44 0.65 1.74 0.79 2 50 1/2 3A 1 11/4 11/2 15 20 25 32 40 13/16 15/16 11/16 13/16 15/16 30 33 27 30 33 17/16 11/2 1'/16 1'/16 11/2 37 38 37 37 38 13/8 35 2 51 2 51 21/16 52 21/8 54 13/8 35 2 51 2 51 21/16 52 21/8 54 2.22 1.01 2.20 1.00 2.08 0.94 2.33 1.06 2.59 1.17 21/2 65 1 11/4 11/2 2 25 32 40 50 1 13/16 15/16 11/16 25 30 33 40 13/4 13/4 113/16 17/8 44 44 47 48 25/16 59 23/8 60 27/16 62 2'/16 65 2'/16 59 23/8 60 27/16 62 2'/16 65 2.93 1.33 3.41 1.55 3.68 1.67 4.01 1.82 3 80 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 32 40 50 65 15/e 15/e 15/8 1'/8 41 41 41 48 25/16 25/16 21/4 23/16 59 59 57 56 215/16 75 215/16 75 215/16 75 31/16 78 2 15 /16 75 21'/16 75 215/16 75 31/16 78 5.98 2.71 5.65 2.56 5.25 2.38 6.44 2.92 4 100 2 21/2 3 50 65 80 23/16 23/16 2'/16 56 56 56 215/16 23/4 211/16 75 70 68 35/8 92 35/8 92 35/8 92 35/8 92 35/8 92 35/8 92 11.89 5.39 11.27 5.11 10.63 4.82 5 125 4 100 213/16 73 35/16 84 43/8 111 43/8 111 16.47 7.47 6 150 3 4 5 80 100 125 25/16 213/16 33/8 59 73 86 3 13 /16 37/8 3 13 /16 98 98 98 413/16 124 415/16 125 5 127 413/16 124 415/16 125 5 127 19.43 8.81 23.53 10.67 26.66 12.09 Note: See following page for pressure -temperature ratings. PROJECT1 1APPROVAL Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PF-6.13 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) ❑ FIGURE 356 (Straight) ❑ FIGURE 356R (Reducing) 45' Elbow Size A B Unit Weight Black NPS DIN in mm mm Ibs k FIGURE 356 (Straight) Figure 356R (Reducing) 6 9 A �� B 1/4 8 '/16 11 'A 19 0.16 0.07 3/6 10 '/16 11 "/16 22 0.23 0.10 1/2 15 '/16 11 '/6 22 0.37 0.17 3/a 20 1/2 13 1 25 0.55 0.25 1 25 '/16 14 11/8 29 0.83 0.38 11/4 32 5/3 16 11/4 32 1.33 0.60 11/2 40 "/16 22 17/16 37 1.79 0.81 2 50 1 25 111/16 43 2.89 1.31 21/2 65 11/16 27 115/16 49 4.29 1.95 3 80 13/16 30 2'/16 56 6.44 2.92 31/2 90 13/8 35 23/8 60 8.42 3.82 4 100 1'/16 40 25/8 67 10.64 4.83 6 150 23/16 56 37/16 87 26.02 11.80 8 200 27/8 73 41/4 108 50.17 22.75 Size A B C D Unit Weight Black NPS DIN in mm in mm in mm in mm I Ibs k 1 x 1/2 25 x 15 1/2 15 7/8 22 11/16 27 15/16 33 0.95 0.43 Note: See following page for pressure -temperature ratings. PROJECT1 1APPROVAL Project: []Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PF-111.13 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) ❑FIGURE 358 Tee Size A B Unit Weight Black ' q q q T NPS DN in mm in mm Ibs k '/4 8 1/2 13 13/16 22 0.22 0.10 3/8 10 5/8 16 1 25 0.35 0.16 1/2 15 11/16 17 11/8 29 0.56 0.25 3/4 20 13/16 22 15/16 33 0.84 0.38 1 25 15/16 24 11/2 38 1.25 0.57 11/4 32 11/8 29 1'A 44 2.03 0.92 11/2 40 15/16 33 115/16 49 2.70 1.22 2 50 19/16 40 21/4 57 4.23 1.92 21/2 65 113/16 47 211/16 68 6.67 3.02 3 80 23/16 56 31/8 79 10.00 4.54 31/2 90 27/1 s 62 37/1 s 87 13.29 6.03 4 100 211/16 68 33/4 95 16.33 7.41 5 125 35/16 84 41/2 114 27.33 12.39 6 150 37/8 98 51/8 130 40.85 18.53 8 200 53/1 s 132 69/1 s 167 79.00 35.83 ❑FIGURE 360 Cross Size A B Unit Weight Black -----'------ ::-: g -_ '- 1 i B ,; Fq-N -q->I B - , B -� NIPS DN in mm in mm Ibs k 1/2 15 '/16 14 13/16 22 2.80 1.27 3/4 20 13/16 22 15/16 33 1.03 0.47 1 25 15 /16 24 11/2 38 1.59 0.72 11 /4 32 11 /8 29 3/ 14 44 2.42 1.10 1'/2 40 15/1s 33 115/1s 49 3.21 1.46 2 50 19/16 40 21/4 57 5.28 2.39 21/2 65 113/16 47 211/16 68 8.07 3.66 3 80 1 23/16 56 31/8 79 1 11.84 5.37 4 100 1 23/4 70 313/16 98 1 19.63 8.90 Note: See following page for pressure -temperature ratings. PROJECT1 1APPROVAL Project: []Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PF-11.16 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) ❑ FIGURE 359 Tee Reducing } q1 I 1 , F [-- � 0 E, r, Size A B C D E F Unit Weight Black NPS DIN NPS DIN NPS DIN in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ibs k 1/2 15 '/2 15 '/a 8 3/6 10 3/4 20 1 25 11/16 17 11/16 17 13/16 22 1 25 " /16 17 11/16 17 13/16 22 1 1 25 13/16 22 'A 19 11/16 17 13/16 22 11/6 29 11/8 29 11/4 32 17/16 37 11/8 29 11/8 29 11/4 32 17/16 37 11/8 29 11/8 29 13/16 22 13/8 35 0.57 0.26 0.57 0.26 0.68 0.31 1.00 0.45 '/2 1 5 1/2 15 3 /a 20 1'/16 17 3 1 /1s 22 11/16 17 13 /1s 22 13/16 22 13 /1s 22 13/16 22 15 /1s 24 11/8 29 1 1 /a 32 11/4 32 15 /16 24 0.64 0.29 0.75 0.34 3/4 20 3/a 20 1/4 8 /a 10 3 1 /2 15 1 25 9/16 14 1 1 /16 17 1 1 hs 17 15/16 24 9/16 14 11 /16 17 11 /1s 17 1'/16 24 7/8 22 15 /16 24 13 hs 22 13/16 22 11/16 17 13 22 / 16 13 /1s 22 17/16 37 11/16 17 13 /16 22 13 /1s 22 17/16 37 13/16 22 1 1/4 32 1 1 /a 32 13/8 35 0.62 0.28 0.75 0.34 0.76 0.34 0.99 0.45 '/4 8 1 25 15/16 24 15/16 24 15/16 24 11/2 38 11/4 32 11/2 38 1.08 0.49 '/2 15 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 3/4 19 13/16 22 15/16 24 'S/16 24 'S/16 24 15/16 24 11/4 32 13/8 35 11/2 38 13/16 22 11/4 32 13/8 35 13/8 35 17/16 37 11/2 38 0.90 0.41 0.91 0.41 1.08 0.49 1 25 3/4 20 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 15/16 24 15/16 24 15/16 24 11/4 32 13/8 35 11/2 38 13/16 22 15/16 24 17/16 37 13/8 35 17/16 37 11/2 38 0.89 0.40 1.00 0.45 1.13 0.51 1 25 '/a 8 1/2 15 3A 20 1'/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 11/16 17 11/16 17 13/16 22 11/8 29 11/4 32 1'/16 37 11/16 17 11/16 17 13/16 22 11/8 29 11/4 32 17/16 37 11/6 29 15/16 24 15/16 24 15/16 24 1 25 1 25 11/8 29 11/4 32 13/8 35 111/16 43 113/16 47 2 50 11/4 32 11/4 32 13/8 35 111/16 43 113/16 47 2 50 13/8 35 13/8 35 17/16 37 19/16 40 15/8 41 13/4 44 1.01 0.46 1.01 0.46 1.11 0.50 1.49 0.68 1.84 0.83 2.70 1.22 Note: See page 6 for pressure -temperature ratings. PROJECT1 1APPROVAL Project: []Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PF-11.16 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 359 Tee Reducing ? F C Size A B C D E F Unit Weight Black NPS DIN NPS DIN NPS DIN in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ibs k 1/2 15 1/2 15 1 25 11/4 32 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/e 29 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/8 29 11/6 29 11/8 29 11/8 29 1'/16 37 V/16 40 13/4 44 15/16 24 13/8 35 19/16 40 15/8 41 111/16 43 13/4 44 1.00 0.45 1.38 0.63 1.64 0.74 3/4 20 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/e 29 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/e 29 11/6 29 11/8 29 11/6 29 17/16 37 V/16 40 13/4 44 15/16 24 17/16 37 15/8 41 15/8 41 111/16 43 13/4 44 1.27 0.58 1.43 0.65 1.73 0.78 11/4 32 1 25 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 11/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/8 29 11/4 32 17/16 37 11/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/8 29 11/4 32 17/16 37 11/6 29 11/6 29 11/8 29 11/8 29 13/16 22 13/16 22 15/16 24 17/16 37 1'/16 40 13/4 44 1'/3 48 21/16 52 11/4 32 13/6 35 19/16 40 111/16 43 113/16 47 2 50 1'/16 40 15/8 41 111/16 43 13/4 44 113/16 47 17/3 48 1.27 0.58 1.36 0.62 1.53 0.69 1.79 0.81 2.07 0.94 2.66 1.21 11/4 32 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/2 40 2 50 11/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/4 32 17/16 37 11/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/4 32 17/16 37 11/8 29 11/8 29 11/8 29 13/16 22 13/16 22 15/16 24 17/16 37 V/16 40 1'/3 48 21/16 52 15/16 24 17/16 37 11/16 40 17/3 48 21/16 52 19/16 40 15/8 41 111/16 43 113/16 47 17/3 48 1.47 0.67 1.57 0.71 1.73 0.78 2.29 1.04 2.81 1.27 1/2 15 11/4 32 11/2 40 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/8 29 11/4 32 11/4 32 15/16 24 113/16 47 115/16 49 19/16 40 111/16 43 17/8 48 115/16 49 1.93 0.88 2.14 0.97 3/4 20 11/2 40 15/16 24 11/4 32 15/16 24 115/16 49 13/4 44 115/16 49 2.18 0.99 1 25 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 13/16 22 7/8 22 1 25 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/2 38 3/4 19 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/8 29 11/4 32 1'/16 37 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 15/16 24 15/16 24 17/16 37 11/2 38 15/8 41 113/16 47 115/16 49 21/8 54 15/16 24 13/8 35 11/2 38 111/16 43 113/16 47 2 50 111/16 43 13/4 44 113/16 47 17/8 48 115/16 49 2 51 1.75 0.79 1.70 0.77 1.72 0.78 2.08 0.94 2.29 1.04 2.91 1.32 11/2 40 11/4 32 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 13/16 22 7/6 22 1 25 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/2 38 11/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/6 29 11/4 32 17/16 37 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 15/16 24 15/16 24 17/16 37 11/2 38 15/8 41 113/16 47 115/16 49 21/3 54 15/16 24 17/16 37 19/16 40 13/4 44 17/3 48 21/16 52 111/16 43 13/4 44 113/16 47 "/8 48 115/16 49 1 2 51 1.67 0.76 1.79 0.81 1.97 0.89 2.28 1.03 2.50 1.13 3.07 1.39 11/2 40 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 1 1 /a 32 2 50 21/2 65 13/16 22 7/8 22 1 25 13 /1s 22 11/2 38 113/16 47 13/16 22 7/3 22 1 25 13 /1s 22 11/2 38 113/16 47 11/4 32 11/4 32 11/4 32 1 1 /a 32 15/16 24 15/16 24 17/16 37 11/2 38 15/8 41 13 1 /1s 47 21/8 54 27/16 62 17/16 37 11/2 38 15/8 41 13 1 /1s 47 21/8 54 27/16 62 111/16 43 13/4 44 113/16 47 7 1 /s 48 2 51 23/16 56 1.84 0.83 1.95 0.88 2.13 0.97 2.44 1.11 3.23 1.46 4.15 1.88 Note: See page 6 for pressure -temperature ratings. PF-6.13 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 359 Tee Reducing ? F C q1 Size A B C D E F Unit Weight Black NPS DN NPS DN NPS DN in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ibs k '/2 15 11/2 40 2 50 15/16 24 1 19/16 40 13A 35 17/16 37 11/2 38 19/16 40 2 51 21/4 57 113/16 47 17/8 48 21/8 54 21/4 57 2.95 1.34 3.30 1.50 3/4 20 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 13/16 22 15/16 24 19/16 40 11/8 29 15/16 24 17/16 37 17/16 37 11/2 38 19/16 40 17/8 48 2 51 21/4 57 13/4 44 113/16 47 115/16 49 21/16 52 21/8 54 21/4 57 2.50 1.13 3.40 1.54 3.31 1.50 1 25 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 11/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 19/16 40 1'/8 48 11/16 17 11/6 29 11/4 32 17/16 37 113/16 47 17/16 37 11/2 38 11/2 38 19/16 40 19/16 40 13/4 44 17/6 48 2 51 21/4 57 2'/16 65 15/8 41 13/4 44 113/16 47 2 51 23/8 60 2 51 21/16 52 2'/8 54 2'/4 57 27/16 62 2.70 1.22 2.94 1.33 2.85 1.29 3.46 1.57 4.88 2.21 2 50 11/4 32 1/2 15 3A 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 11/16 17 7/8 22 "/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 19/16 40 1'/e 48 1 25 7/8 22 1 25 11/6 29 11/4 32 17/16 37 13A 44 17/16 37 17/16 37 17/16 37 17/16 37 11/2 38 19/16 40 19/16 40 13/4 44 19/16 40 13/4 44 17/6 48 2 51 21/4 57 29/16 65 15/8 41 11/2 38 15/8 41 13/4 44 17/8 48 21/16 52 23/8 60 2 51 115/16 49 2 51 21/16 52 21/8 54 21/4 57 27/16 62 2.48 1.12 2.50 1.13 2.73 1.24 2.90 1.32 3.13 1.42 3.71 1.68 4.54 2.06 11/2 40 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 2 50 21/2 65 13/16 22 7/6 22 "/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 19/16 40 1'/8 48 13/16 22 7/8 22 1 25 13/16 22 15/16 24 11/2 38 115/16 49 17/16 37 17/16 37 17/16 37 17/16 37 11/2 38 19/16 40 19/16 40 11/2 38 19/16 40 13A 44 17/6 48 2 51 21/4 57 29/16 65 17/16 37 11/2 38 15/8 41 113/16 47 115/16 49 21/6 54 2'/16 65 17/8 48 115/16 49 2 51 21/16 52 21/8 54 21/4 57 27/16 62 2.34 1.06 2.46 1.12 2.66 1.21 2.98 1.35 3.24 1.47 3.70 1.68 5.46 2.48 2 50 1/2 15 3/4 20 1 25 11/4 32 11/2 40 21/2 65 3 100 13/16 22 7/8 22 "/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 1'/6 48 3 76 13/16 22 7/8 22 11/16 17 13/16 22 15/16 24 1'/8 48 3 76 17/16 37 17/16 37 17/16 37 17/16 37 11/2 38 19/16 40 27/16 62 11/2 38 19/16 40 13/4 44 17/8 48 2 51 2'/16 65 311/16 94 11/2 38 19/16 40 13/4 44 17/6 48 2 51 29/16 65 311/16 94 17/8 48 115/16 49 2 51 21/16 52 21/6 54 27/16 62 31/2 89 2.74 1.24 2.86 1.30 3.05 1.38 3.38 1.53 3.59 1.63 5.17 2.34 7.87 3.57 Note: See page 6 for pressure -temperature ratings. PF-6.13 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 359 Tee Reducing ? F C Size A B C D E F Unit Weight Black NPS DIN NPS DIN NPS DIN in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ibs k 1/2 15 2'/2 65 113/16 47 113/16 47 113/16 47 211/16 68 21/4 57 211/16 68 5.20 2.36 3/4 20 21/2 65 113/16 47 13/4 44 113/16 47 211/16 68 21/4 57 211/16 68 5.10 2.31 1 25 2 21/2 50 65 19/16 113/16 40 47 19/16 13/4 40 44 17/8 113/16 48 47 27/16 211/16 62 68 21/8 25/16 54 59 29/16 65 211/16 68 5.03 2.28 5.36 2.43 11/4 32 2 21/2 50 65 19/16 113/16 40 47 11/2 13/4 38 44 17/8 113/16 48 47 27/16 211/16 62 68 21/8 23/8 54 60 29/16 65 211/16 68 4.96 2.25 5.40 2.45 11/2 40 11/2 2 21/2 40 50 65 15/16 19/16 113/16 24 40 47 15/16 11/2 113/16 22 38 47 113/16 17/8 113/16 47 48 47 23/16 27/16 211/16 56 62 68 115/16 21/8 27/16 49 54 62 27/16 62 29/16 65 211/16 68 4.23 1.92 4.85 2.20 4.85 2.20 21/2 65 2 50 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 80 3/4 7/8 1 13/16 15/16 19/16 113/16 21/16 19 22 25 22 24 40 47 52 13/16 7/8 11/16 13/16 15/16 19/16 17/8 21/8 22 22 17 22 24 40 48 54 13/4 13/4 13/4 13/4 113/16 17/8 113/16 17/8 44 44 44 44 47 48 47 48 111/16 13/4 115/16 21/16 23/16 27/16 211/16 3 43 44 49 52 56 62 68 80 11/2 19/16 13/4 17/8 2 21/4 29/16 27/8 38 40 44 48 51 57 65 73 23/16 56 21/4 57 25/16 59 23/8 60 27/16 62 29/16 65 21'/16 68 213/16 73 5.82 2.64 3.62 1.64 3.92 1.78 4.26 1.93 4.42 2.00 5.17 2.34 6.00 2.72 7.35 3.33 21/2 65 1/2 'A 1 11/4 11/2 2 3 4 15 20 25 32 40 50 80 100 3/4 7/8 1 13/16 15/16 19/16 21/16 23/4 19 22 25 22 24 40 52 70 3/4 7/8 1 13/16 15/16 19/16 21/16 213/16 19 22 25 22 24 40 52 73 13/4 13/4 13/4 13/4 113/16 17/8 17/8 27/16 44 44 44 44 47 48 48 62 111/16 13/4 115/16 21/16 23/16 27/16 3 311/16 43 44 49 52 56 62 80 94 111/16 13/4 115/16 21/16 23/16 27/16 3 311/16 43 44 49 52 56 62 80 94 23/16 56 21/4 57 25/16 59 23/8 60 27/16 62 29/16 65 213/16 73 31/2 89 4.00 1.81 4.29 1.95 4.48 2.03 4.83 2.19 5.14 2.33 5.88 2.67 8.09 3.67 14.03 6.36 3/4 20 3 80 21/8 54 21/8 54 21/8 54 31/8 79 211/16 68 31/8 79 8.25 3.74 1 25 3 80 21/8 54 21/8 54 21/8 54 31/8 79 211/16 68 31/8 79 8.30 3.76 11/4 32 3 80 21/8 54 21/8 54 21/8 54 31/8 79 213/16 73 31/8 79 8.46 3.84 11/2 40 3 80 21/8 54 23/16 56 21/8 54 31/8 79 213/16 73 31/8 79 8.13 3.69 2 50 11/2 2 21/2 3 40 50 65 80 13/8 19/16 17/8 21/8 35 40 48 54 11/2 19/16 115/16 23/16 38 40 49 56 23/16 23/16 21/8 21/8 56 56 54 54 25/16 29/16 213/16 31/8 59 65 73 79 23/16 21/4 29/16 215/16 56 57 65 75 213/16 73 215/16 75 31/16 78 31/8 79 6.83 3.10 7.29 3.31 7.10 3.22 8.79 3.99 3 80 21/2 65 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 25 32 40 50 65 80 1 11/4 13/8 19/16 17/8 21/8 25 32 35 40 48 54 15/16 13/16 15/16 11/2 113/16 21/8 24 22 24 38 47 54 21/8 21/8 23/16 23/16 21/8 21/8 54 54 56 56 54 54 21/16 23/16 25/16 29/16 213/16 31/8 52 56 59 65 73 79 115/16 21/16 23/16 27/16 211/16 31/16 49 52 56 62 68 78 211/16 68 23/4 70 213/16 73 215/16 75 31/16 78 31/8 79 5.51 2.50 5.92 2.68 6.23 2.83 6.81 3.09 7.66 3.47 9.13 4.14 3 80 1/2 '/4 1 1'/4 1'/2 2 2'/2 4 15 20 25 32 40 50 65 100 15/16 15/16 1 11/4 13/8 19/16 17/8 211/16 24 24 25 32 35 40 48 68 15/16 15/16 1 11/4 13/8 19/16 17/8 211/16 24 24 25 32 35 40 48 68 23/16 21/8 21/8 21/8 23/16 23/16 21/8 27/16 56 54 54 54 56 56 54 62 17/8 17/8 21/16 23/16 25/16 29/16 213/16 311/16 48 48 52 56 59 65 73 94 17/8 17/8 21/16 23/16 25/16 29/16 213/16 311/16 48 48 52 56 59 65 73 94 25/8 67 25/8 67 211/16 68 23/4 70 215/16 75 27/8 73 31/16 78 31/2 89 6.08 2.76 6.06 2.75 6.27 2.84 6.75 3.06 7.10 3.22 7.75 3.51 8.92 4.05 12.80 5.80 Note: See page 6 for pressure -temperature ratings. PF-6.13 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 359 Tee Reducing q1 ? F C Size A B C D E F Unit Weight Black NPS DN NPS DN NPS DN in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ibs k 31/2 90 31/2 90 11/2 2 40 50 13/8 15/8 35 41 13/8 15A 35 41 2'/16 27/16 62 62 23/6 25/8 60 67 23/8 60 25/8 67 31/16 3'/16 78 81 8.87 4.02 9.94 4.51 1 25 4 100 23/4 70 215/16 75 23/4 70 33/4 95 31/2 89 3 3 A 95 13.52 6.13 11/2 40 4 100 23/4 70 27/8 73 23/4 70 33/4 95 31/2 89 3 3 A 95 13.47 6.11 2 50 2 4 50 100 111/16 23/4 43 70 17/8 23/4 48 70 23/4 23/4 70 70 211/16 33/4 68 95 2'/16 65 31/2 89 31/2 33/4 89 95 11.34 5.14 13.89 6.30 4 100 21/z 65 21/2 4 21/2 3 4 65 100 65 80 100 17/8 23/4 17/8 21/4 23/4 48 70 48 57 70 113/16 23/4 17/8 21/8 211/16 47 70 48 54 68 25/8 23/4 25/8 211/16 23/4 67 70 67 68 70 215/16 33/4 215/16 31/4 33/4 75 95 75 83 95 213/16 73 35/8 92 2 13 /16 73 31/8 79 35/8 92 39/16 33/4 39/16 35/8 33/4 90 95 90 92 95 11.78 5.34 15.75 7.14 3 80 11.25 5.10 12.50 5.67 15.04 6.82 4 100 1 11/4 11/2 2 21/2 3 5 6 25 32 40 50 65 80 125 150 13/16 15/16 17/16 111/16 2 21/4 33/8 37/8 22 24 37 43 51 57 86 98 13/16 15/16 17/16 111/16 2 21/4 33/8 37/8 22 24 37 43 51 57 86 98 23/4 25/8 211/16 23/4 25/8 211/16 213/16 27/8 70 67 68 70 67 68 73 73 25/16 25/16 27/16 211/16 215/16 31/4 43/8 415/16 59 59 62 68 75 83 111 125 25/16 59 25/16 59 27/16 62 211/16 68 215/16 75 31/4 83 43/8 111 415/16 125 35/16 35/16 35/16 31/2 39/16 35/8 4 41/16 84 84 84 89 90 92 102 103 10.40 4.72 10.38 4.71 10.75 4.88 11.63 5.27 12.85 5.83 14.12 6.40 20.88 9.47 26.36 11.95 5 125 5 125 2 3 4 50 80 100 13/4 25/16 213/16 44 59 71 13/4 2'/16 213/16 44 59 71 37/16 31/4 33/8 87 83 86 215/16 31/2 4 75 89 102 2 15 /16 75 31/2 89 4 102 41/8 41/4 43/8 105 108 111 17.43 7.90 20.00 9.07 23.83 10.81 4 4 100 27/3 73 213/16 71 37/8 98 41/16 103 4 102 415/16 125 30.00 13.61 6 150 6 150 21/2 3 4 5 65 80 100 125 2 23/8 27/8 33/8 51 60 73 86 2 23/8 27/8 33/8 51 60 73 86 313/16 313/16 37/8 313/16 97 97 98 97 31/4 39/16 41/16 45/8 83 90 103 117 31/4 83 39/16 90 41/16 103 45/8 117 43/4 4 13 /16 415/16 5 121 122 125 127 25.67 11.64 27.46 12.45 32.44 14.71 37.00 16.78 Note: See page 6 for pressure -temperature ratings. PF-11.16 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) FIGURE 367 Concentric Reducer EB7I - Size A B* Unit Weight Black NIPS DINDN in mm mm Ibs k 3/4 20 1/2 15 5/6 16 19/16 40 0.40 0.18 1 25 1/2 (Hex) 3/4 (Hex) 15 20 11/16 7/16 17 11 111/16 11/2 43 38 0.54 0.24 0.63 0.29 11/4 32 1/2 3A 1 15 20 25 9/16 1 15/16 14 25 24 15/6 21/8 21/8 41 54 54 0.84 0.38 0.90 0.41 1.07 0.49 11/2 40 1/2 'A 1 11/4 15 20 25 32 1/2 1/2 1/2 1 13 13 13 25 15/6 15/6 13A 21/4 41 41 44 57 1.00 0.45 1.20 0.54 1.50 0.68 1.45 0.66 2 50 1/2 3A 1 11/4 11/2 15 20 25 32 40 5/8 'A 'A 13/16 7A 16 19 19 22 22 2 2 2 21/8 23/16 51 51 51 54 56 2.00 0.91 1.90 0.86 1.83 0.83 1.78 0.81 1.98 0.90 21/2 65 11/2 2 40 50 3A 1 19 25 2 29/16 51 65 3.10 1.41 2.98 1.35 3 80 'A 2 21/2 20 50 65 15/16 11/16 15/16 24 27 24 21/2 23/4 213/16 64 70 73 4.31 1.95 3.96 1.80 4.40 2.00 4 100 2 21/2 3 50 65 80 13/16 13/16 11/16 30 30 27 215/16 31/8 31/8 75 79 79 6.50 2.95 7.78 3.53 7.01 3.18 5 125 4 100 11/16 27 35/16 84 10.48 4.75 6 150 4 5 100 125 11/6 11/8 29 29 37/16 39/16 87 90 13.83 6.27 15.53 7.04 8 200 6 150 11/4 32 37/8 98 29.10 13.20 Dimension "B" does not conform to ASME standard. Note: See following page for pressure -temperature ratings. PROJECT1 1APPROVAL Project: []Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PF-12.14 MALLEABLE IRON & CAST IRON FITTINGS! Malleable Iron Hex Bushing ❑FIGURE 383 Hex Bushing Size Unit Weight Black Galv. Outside Hex - Type A 40 Inside Hex - Type B See Cast Iron section on next page for other available sizes. NIPS DN Hex Type NIPS DN Ibs kg Ibs k 3/a 10 A % 6 0.12 0.05 0.12 0.05 A 1/4 8 0.14 0.06 0.14 0.06 A 3/a 10 0.11 0.05 0.11 0.05 A 1/2 15 0.09 0.04 0.09 0.04 1 25 11/4 32 B % 6 0.24 0.11 0.24 0.11 B 1/4 8 0.18 0.08 0.18 0.08 B % 10 0.18 0.08 0.18 0.08 A 1/2 15 0.20 0.09 0.20 0.09 A B 3/4 20 1/4 8 0.16 0.07 0.33 0.15 0.16 0.07 0.33 0.15 B % 10 0.27 0.12 0.27 0.12 B 1/2 15 0.34 0.15 0.34 0.15 A 3/4 20 0.39 0.18 0.39 0.18 A 1 25 0.30 0.14 0.30 0.14 1 1/2 40 A 1 1/4 32 0.30 0.14 0.30 0.14 2 50 A 11/2 40 0.64 0.29 0.64 0.29 21/2 65 A 2 50 1.02 0.46 1.02 0.46 Note: Hexagon head or octagon head bushings 2'/2 NIPS (65 DN) and smaller reducing one size may be made of malleable iron, ductile iron or steel. Other sizes may be made of cast iron, ductile iron, malleable iron or steel. Face bushings 2Y2 NIPS (65 DN) and smaller may be made of malleable iron, ductile iron or steel. Face bushings 3NPS (80 DM and larger reducing one size may be made of malleable iron, ductile iron or steel. Face bushings 3NPS (80 DA) and larger reducing two sizes or more may be made of cast or malleable iron, ductile iron, or steel. According to specifications, hex bushings and cored plugs should be used with 150# malleable iron and 125# cast iron. Solid plugs and face bushings are recommended for use with 250# and 300# fittings. Cast Iron Hex Bushings on next page. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP []Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PF-6.13 MALLEABLE IRON & CAST IRON FITTINGS! Cast Iron Hex Bushing FIGURE 383 Hex Bushing Size Unit Weight Black Galy. NPS DN Hex T e All Cast Iron NPS DN Ibs kg Ibs k Outside Hex Type A 410 Inside Hex Type B See Malleable Iron section on previous page for other available sizes. 1 t/2 40 A C 1/4 8 0.47 0.21 0.47 0.21 B C 3/8 10 0.47 0.21 0.47 0.21 B C 1/2 15 0.42 0.19 0.42 0.19 B C 'A 20 0.47 0.21 0.47 0.21 A C 1 25 0.50 0.23 0.50 0.23 2 50 A C 1/4 8 0.75 0.34 0.75 0.34 A C 3/8 10 0.75 0.34 0.75 0.34 B C 1/2 15 0.70 0.32 0.70 0.32 B C 3A 20 0.71 0.32 0.71 0.32 B C 1 25 0.73 0.33 0.73 0.33 A C 11/4 32 0.81 0.37 0.81 0.37 21/2 65 B C 1/2 15 1.28 0.58 1.28 0.58 B C 3A 20 1.25 0.57 1.25 0.57 B C 1 25 1.16 0.53 1.16 0.53 B C 11/4 32 1.24 0.56 1.24 0.56 B C 11/2 40 1.29 0.59 1.29 0.59 3 80 B C 1/2 15 1.93 0.88 1.93 0.88 B C 3A 20 1.92 0.87 1.92 0.87 B C 1 25 1.90 0.86 1.90 0.86 B C 11/4 32 1.77 0.80 1.77 0.80 B C 11/2 40 1.79 0.81 1.79 0.81 A C 2 50 1.90 0.86 1.90 0.86 A C 21/2 65 1.63 0.74 1.63 0.74 31/2 80 B C 1 25 2.42 1.10 2.42 1.10 B C 11/4 32 2.56 1.16 2.56 1.16 B C 11/2 40 2.65 1.20 2.65 1.20 B C 2 50 2.54 1.15 2.54 1.15 A C 21/2 65 3.23 1.46 3.23 1.46 A C 3 80 1.96 0.89 1.96 0.89 According to specifications, hex bushings and cored plugs should be used with 150# malleable iron and 125# cast iron. Solid plugs and face bushings are recommended for use with 250# and 300# fittings. Additional Cast Iron Hex Bushings on next page. PF-6.13 MALLEABLE IRON & CAST IRON FITTINGS! Cast Iron Hex Bushing FIGURE 383 Hex Bushing Size Unit Weight Black Galy. NPS DN HexType All Cast Iron NPS DN Ibs kg Ibs k Outside Hex Type A 410 Inside Hex Type B See Malleable Iran section on first page for other available sizes. 4 100 B C 1 25 3.59 1.63 3.59 1.63 B C 11/4 32 3.54 1.61 3.54 1.61 B C 11/2 40 3.44 1.56 3.44 1.56 B C 2 50 3.11 1.41 3.11 1.41 B C 21/2 65 3.29 1.49 3.29 1.49 A C 3 80 3.15 1.43 3.15 1.43 A C 31/2 90 2.50 1.13 2.50 1.13 5 125 B C 2 50 5.12 2.32 5.12 2.32 B C 21/2 65 4.87 2.21 4.87 2.21 B C 3 80 4.83 2.19 4.83 2.19 A C 31/2 90 4.00 1.81 - - A C 4 100 3.94 1.79 3.94 1.79 6 150 B C 2 50 8.00 3.63 8.00 3.63 B C 21/2 65 7.72 3.50 - - B C 3 80 7.75 3.51 7.75 3.51 B C 4 100 6.83 3.10 6.83 3.10 A C 5 125 5.24 2.38 5.24 2.38 8 200 B C 3 80 15.50 7.03 - - B C 4 100 13.93 6.32 - - B C 5 125 13.65 6.19 - - A C 6 150 13.19 5.98 13.19 5.98 10 250 B C 6 150 24.50 11.11 - - A C 8 200 22.00 9.98 - - According to specifications, hex bushings and cored plugs should be used with 150# malleable iron and 125# cast iron. Solid plugs and face bushings are recommended for use with 250# and 300# fittings. PF-6.13 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) ❑FIGURE 387 Square Head q Plugs, Cored Size Unit Weight Black Galv. NIPS DIN Ibs kg Ibs k Zinc Plated 3/4* 20 0.13 0.06 0.13 0.06 1 25 0.25 0.11 0.25 0.11 1'/4 32 0.39 0.18 0.39 0.18 11/2 40 0.50 0.23 0.50 0.23 2 50 0.82 0.37 0.82 0.37 21/2 65 1.32 0.60 1.32 0.60 3 80 1.87 0.85 1.87 0.85 31/2 90 2.50 1.13 2.50 1.13 4 100 4.00 1.81 4.00 1.81 ❑FIGURE 389 Bar Plugs, Cored Size Unit Weight Black Galv. NPS DIN Ibs kg Ibs k 4 100 3.82 1.73 3.82 1.73 5 125 6.50 2.95 6.50 2.95 6 150 9.94 4.51 9.94 4.51 8 200 20.26 9.19 20.26 9.19 ❑FIGURE 388 Square Head Plugs, Solid Size Unit Weight Black Galy. NIPS DIN Ibs kg Ibs k 1/2 15 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 3/4 20 0.17 0.08 0.17 0.08 1 25 0.32 0.15 0.32 0.15 11/4 32 0.53 0.24 0.53 0.24 11/2 40 0.76 0.34 0.76 0.34 2 50 1.23 0.56 1.23 0.56 21/2 65 2.00 0.91 2.00 0.91 3 80 3.18 1.44 3.18 1.44 31/2 90 4.38 1.99 - - ❑FIGURE 380 Bar Plugs, Solid Size Unit Weight Black NIPS DIM Ibs k 4 100 5.68 2.58 5 125 9.60 4.35 6 150 14.78 6.70 According to specifications, hex bushings and cored plugs should be used with 150# malleable iron and 125# cast iron. Solid plugs and face bushings are recommended for use with 250# and 300# fittings. Note: See following page for pressure -temperature ratings. PROJECT1 1APPROVAL Project: []Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PF-11.16 CAST IRON THREADED FITTINGS Z /ANVIL Class 125 (Standard) ❑FIGURE 390 Countersunk Plugs Size Unit Weight Black Galy. See Fig. 390 in Malleable Iron for other available sizes. NPS DN Ibs kg Ibs k 1 25 0.20 0.09 0.20 0.09 11/4 32 0.32 0.15 0.32 0.15 11/2 40 0.47 0.21 0.47 0.21 2 50 0.84 0.38 0.84 0.38 21/2 65 1.40 0.63 - - 3 80 2.25 1.02 - - 31/2 90 3.02 1.37 - - 4 100 3.76 1.71 - - FIGURE 381 Cap Size Unit Weight Black Galy. NPS DN Ibs kg Ibs k 21/2 65 2.55 1.16 - - 3 80 4.10 1.86 - - 4 100 6.40 2.90 - - 5 125 10.70 4.85 - - 6 150 14.20 6.44 14.20 6.44 8 200 27.23 12.35 27.23 12.35 ❑FIGURE 370 Locknut Size Minimum Dimensions Unit Weight A B C D Black For nominal sizes smaller than 2Y2" (65 DN), see Fig. 1134 in the Malleable Iron Section. NPS DN in mm in mm in mm in mm Ibs k 21/2 65 3.500 89 3.180 81 .590 15 0.90 2 1.13 0.51 3 80 4.270 108 3.840 98 .670 17 0.90 2 1.60 0.73 4 100 5.380 137 5.000 127 .800 20 .130 3 1.10 0.50 According to specifications, hex bushings and cored plugs should be used with 150# malleable iron and 125# cast iron. Solid plugs and face bushings are recommended for use with 250# and 300# fittings. Note: See following page for pressure -temperature ratings. PROJECT1 1APPROVAL Project: []Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PF-11.16 AN_V__,hLStarT FICA. 7000 * Lightweight Flexible Coupling A&!w!L Fire Products Division of Anvil International The Gruvlok° Figure 7000 Lightweight Coupling is designed for applications where system flexibility is desired. The Figure 7000 Lightweight Coupling is approximately 30% lighter in weight than the Figure 7001 Coupling. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on Schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed and FM approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar Representative. The Figure 7000 Lightweight Coupling with a Pre -Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type "A" gasket (coupling is easily identified by purple nuts) is intended for use in fire protection systems installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 13 "Sprinkler Systems". HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval -neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A-183 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an AnvilStar Representative. LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok XtremeT' required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. FM C UL US APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our—lasite at—anvilstar.com or contact an Anvil®/AnvilStar- Sales Representative. Z -Available galvanized. ' When ordering, refer to product as FP7400. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. Pre -Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type A Gasket (Violet color code) -40°F to 1501 (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 66°C) Recommended for wet and dry (oil free air) pipe fire protection sprinkler systems. For dry pipe systems and freezer applications, Gruvlok XtremeTM Lubricant is required. Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) -40OF to 230OF (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 110°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. GASKET TYPE: Standard C Style Flush Gap (1'/4"-8") PROJECTO•APPRO"L Project: STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 A�i`LStar'- FIG. 7000 * Lightweight Flexible Coupling ANVIL Fire Products Division of Anvil International FIGURE .., LIGHTWEIGHT COUPLING Max. Range of Deflection From � Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Specified Torque § N mi al Pipe Working M Pipe End O.D. Pressure Load Separation Per Coupling Pipe X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max. Wt. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees Irl In./mm In./min In./mm In./mm Ft: Lbs./N-m Lbs./K 1'/4 1.660 600 1,299 0-'/8 4°19' 0.90 23/4 4% 13/4 2 %x2'/4 30 45 1.4 32 1 42.2 41.4 1 5.78 0-3.2 75.3 70 111 44 MI x 57 40 60 0.6 1'/2 1.900 600 1,701 0-'/s 3° 46' 0.79 3 45/8 1'/4 2 %x 2'/4 30 45 1.5 40 48.3 41.4 7.57 0-3.2 65.7 76 117 44 1 MI x 57 40 60 0.7 2 2.375 600 2,658 0-'/s 3°1' 0.63 3'/2 5'/2 1'/4 2 %x2'/4 30 45 1.7 50 60.3 41.4 11.82 0-3.2 52.6 89 140 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.8 2'/2 2.875 600 3,895 0-'/8 2°29' 0.52 4 5'/4 1% 2 %x2'/4 30 45 1.9 65 73.0 41.4 17.33 0-3.2 43.3 102 146 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.9 3 O.D. 2.996 600 4,230 0-'/8 2° 23' 0.50 4 6'/8 13/4 2 % x 2'/4 80 100 2.3 76.1 76.1 41.4 18.82 0.3.2 41.6 102 156 44 M10 x 57 110 150 1.0 3 3.500 600 5,773 0-'/8 2° 3' 0.43 43/8 63/4 1'/4 2 /2 x 23/4 80 100 2.9 80 88.9 41.4 25.68 0-3.2 35.8 117 171 44 MI 2 x 70 110 150 1.3 4'/4 O.D. 4.250 600 8,512 0-'/4 3° 22' 0.70 5'/2 73/4 2 2 /2 x 3 80 100 4.0 108.0 108.0 41.4 37.86 0-6.4 58.7 140 197 51 M12 x 76 110 150 1.8 4 4.500 600 9,543 0-'/4 3° 11' 0.67 5'/8 8'/8 2 2 /2 x 3 80 100 4.6 100 114.3 41.4 42.45 0-6.4 55.5 149 206 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.1 5'/4 O.D. 5.236 500 10,766 0-'/4 2° 44' 0.57 6'/2 9'/8 2 2 1/8 x 3'/2 100 130 5.7 133.0 133.0 34.5 47.89 0.6.4 47.7 165 232 51 Ml 6 x 85 135 175 2.6 5'/2 O.D. 5.500 500 11,879 0-'/4 2° 36' 0.54 6% 9% 2 2 3/8 x 3'/2 100 130 6 139.7 139.7 34.5 52.84 0-6.4 45.4 171 238 51 Ml 6 x 85 135 175 2.7 5 5.563 500 12,153 0-1/4 2° 35' 0.54 7 9s/8 2 2 s/8 x 3'/2 100 130 6.1 125 141.3 34.5 54.06 0-6.4 45.1 178 244 51 MI 6 x 85 135 175 2.8 6'/4 O.D. 6.259 500 15,384 0-'/4 2° 17' 0.48 7'/2 10,18 2 2 'A x 3'/2 100 130 6.7 159.0 159.0 34.5 68.43 0-6.4 39.8 191 264 51 Ml 6 x 85 135 175 3.0 6'/z O.D. 6.500 500 16,592 0-'/4 2° 12' 0.46 73/4 10'/4 2 2 '/8 x 3'/2 100 130 7.0 165.1 165.1 34.5 73.80 0-6.4 34.8 197 273 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.2 6 6.625 500 17,236 0-'/4 2° 10' 0.45 8 11 2 2 s/8 x 3'/2 100 130 8.1 150 168.3 34.5 76.67 0-6.4 37.8 203 279 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.7 8 8.625 500 29,213 0-'/4 1 ° 40' 0.35 10 13'/4 2% 2 3/4 x 4'/2 130 180 14.2 200 1 219.1 1 34.5 1 129.95 1 0-6.4 1 1 29.1 1 264 1 337 1 60 1 1 M20 x 110 1 175 1 245 1 4 ' Not for use in copper system. § - For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. Other sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. A WARNING For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruvlok° Xtreme- Lubricant is required. 5/09 ,&N_V__tLStar'" FIG. 7070 Reducing Coupling Fire Products Division of Anvil International *VIL— AN The Gruvlok° Figure 7010 Reducing Coupling makes it possible to directly connect two different pipe sizes, elimi- nating the need for two couplings and a reducing fitting. The specially designed reducing coupling gasket with a center rib assures proper positioning of the gasket and prevents the smaller pipe from telescoping into the larger during assembly. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on Schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed and FM approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar Representative. Figure 7010 Coupling complete with Grade "E" EPDM Gasket. Reducing Coupling Housing Gasket Gasket Center Ribs• HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-47, Grade 32510 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval -neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A-183 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an AnvilStar Representative. Z -Available galvanized. G\'dL/US APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at—vanvilstar.com or contact an Anvil®/AnvilStar- Sales Representative. LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok XtremeTm required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 1 10°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 AWALStar" FIG. 7010 Reducing Coupling Fire Products Division of Anvil International Z ANVIL Y FIGURE 7010 REDUCIPJG COUPLIPJG Max. Range of Deflection From � Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Specified Torque § Nominal Larger Smaller Working Max. End pipe End Approx. Size O.D. O.D. pressure Load Separation Per Coupling Pipe X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max. Wt.Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm Degrees mm/m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-m Lbs./Kg 2 x 1'/2 2.375 1.900 500 2,215 0-'/8 1 ° 53' 0.39 31/8 57/8 1'/a 2 /2 x 2'/4 80 100 2.0 50 x 40 60.3 48.3 34.5 9.85 0-3.2 32.9 92 149 48 M12 x 70 110 150 0.9 2'/2 x 2 2.875 2.375 500 3,246 0-'/8 1 ° 33' 0.32 4'/4 6% 1'/8 2 /2 x 2'/4 80 100 3.5 65 x 50 73.0 60.3 34.5 14.44 0-3.2 27.0 108 162 48 M12 x 70 110 150 1.6 3 x 2 3.500 2.375 500 4,811 0-1/8 1 ° 17' 0.27 4% 7'/e 1'/a 2 /z x 2'/4 80 100 4.4 80 x 50 88.9 60.3 34.5 21.40 0-3.2 22.4 124 181 48 M12 x 70 110 150 2.0 3 x 21/2 3.500 2.875 500 4,811 0-'/8 1 ° 17' 0.27 4% 7'/e 1'/s 2 /z x 2'/4 80 100 4.1 80 x 65 88.9 73.0 34.5 21.40 0-3.2 22.4 124 181 48 M12 x 70 110 150 1.9 4 x 2 4.500 2.375 500 7,952 0-a/l6 2° 38' 0.55 6'/4 8% 2 2 1/8 x 3'/2 100 130 8.9 100 x 50 114.3 60.3 34.5 35.37 0-4.8 45.9 159 225 51 MI x 85 135 175 4.0 4 x 2'/2 4.500 2.875 500 7,952 0-8/l6 2° 38' 0.55 6'/4 8% 2 2 6/8 x 3'/2 100 130 7.9 100 x 65 114.3 73.0 34.5 35.37 0-4.8 45.9 159 225 51 MI x 85 135 175 3.6 4 x 3 4.500 3.500 500 7,952 0-8/l6 2° 38' 0.55 6'/4 87/8 2 2 '/8 x 3'/2 100 130 6.7 100 x 80 114.3 88.9 34.5 35.37 0-4.8 45.9 159 225 51 M16 x 85 135 175 3.0 5 x 4 5.563 4.500 500 12,153 0-'/4 2° 5' 0.44 7'/4 101/8 2'/8 2 a/4 x 4'/2 130 180 11.4 125 x 100 141.3 114.3 34.5 54.06 0-6.4 36.4 184 270 54 M20 x 110 175 245 5.2 6 x 4 6.625 4.500 500 17,236 0-'/4 1 ° 44' 0.36 8'/4 118/8 2'/e 2 a/4 x 41/2 130 180 13.4 150 x 100 168.3 114.3 34.5 76.67 0-6.4 30.2 210 295 54 M20 x 110 175 245 6.1 6 x 5 6.625 5.562 500 17,236 0-'/4 1 ° 44' 0.36 8'/2 111/8 2'/a 2 1/4 x 4'/2 130 180 13.5 150 x 125 168.3 141.3 34.5 76.67 0-6.4 30.2 216 295 54 M20 x 110 175 245 6.1 8 x 6 8.625 6.625 500 29,213 0-'/4 1 ° 15' 0.26 10'/2 14 2'/4 2 % x 4'/2 130 180 17.7 200 x 150 1 219.1 1 168.3 1 34.5 1 129.95 1 0-6.4 1 1 21.8 1 261 1 356 1 51 1 1 M20 x 110 1 175 1 245 1 8.0 Not for use in copper system. See technical data section for coupling data chart notes. § - For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. Other sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. A WARNING For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruvlokc XtremeTm Lubricant is required. 5/09 ,&N_V__tLStarT" FIG. 7012* Gruvlok Flange Fire Products Division of Anvil International *VIL— AN The Gruvlok° Fig. 7012 Flange allows direct connection of Class 125 or Class 150 flanged components to a grooved piping system. The two interlocking halves of the 2" thru 12" sizes of the Gruvlok Flange are hinged for ease of handling, and are drawn together by a latch bolt which eases assembly on the pipe. Precision machined bolt holes, key and mating surfaces assure concentricity and flatness to provide exact fit -up with flanged, lug, and wafer styles of pipe system equipment. A specially designed gasket provides a leak -tight seal on both the pipe and the mating flange face. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on Schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed and FM approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar Representative. Gruvlok Flanges have designed -in anti -rotation tines which bite into and grip the sides of the pipe groove to provide a secure, rigid connection. The Gruvlok Fig. 7012 Flange requires the use of a steel adapter insert when used against rubber faced surfaces, wafer/lug design valves and serrated or irregular sealing surfaces. In copper systems a phenolic adapter insert is required, in place of the steel adapter insert. (See Installation and Assembly Instructions Section or contact your AnvilStar Rep. for details.) Flange comes complete with Grade "E" EPDM Gasket. HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 LATCH BOLT/NUT (2"-12"): Heat treated, zinc electroplated, carbon steel oval neck track bolts conforming to ASTM A-183 and zinc electroplated heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or J995 Grade 2. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an AnvilStar Representative. U11 L FM C US APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at v. ww.anvilstar.com or contact an Anvil®/AnvilStarTM Sales Representative. Z -Available galvanized. When ordering, refer to product as FP7012. LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok XtremeTm required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 1 10°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 AWALStar" FIG. 7012* Gruvlok Flange Fire Products Division of Anvil International Z ANVIL Y lzZ- Ci"--;------0 .. - i X Amax; i Bmin. b 1- Max. End Latch Bolt Dimensions ryLould Sealing Surface Mating Flange Bolts Nominal al 0.p Working Approx. Wt. Ea. ax S ecified Tor ue § Matin Flange Bolts Specified Torque § Pressure. v Latch Bolt Size* Min. Max. X Y Z A Max. B Min. .Ea. 0 . Size (ANSI) Min. Max. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lhs.AN In./mm Ft: Lbs/N-m In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm in. (ISO) man Ft: Lbs/N-m Lhs./Kg 2 2.375 300 1,329 % x 23/4 30 45 6'/4 8% '/4 2% 3'/l6 4 s/8 x 2'/4 110 140 4.2 50 60.3 20.7 5.91 MI x 70 40 60 159 213 19 60 87 M16 x 70 149 190 1.9 2'/2 2.875 300 1,948 % x 23/4 30 45 7 9'/2 3/4 2'/e 4 4 9/8 x 23/4 110 140 4.6 65 73.0 20.7 8.66 MI x 70 1 40 60 178 241 1 19 73 1 102 M16 x 70 149 190 2.1 3 O.D. 2.996 300 2,115 30 45 71b 9'b '/4 3 4'/8 110 140 4.8 76.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 M10 x 70 40 60 184 248 19 76 105 4 Ml 6 x 70 149 190 2.2 3 3.500 300 2,886 % x 2'/4 30 45 7'/e 101/2 '/4 3'/2 49/6 4 s/8 x 23/4 110 140 6.0 88.9 88.9 20.7 12.84 Ml0 x 70 40 60 200 267 19 89 116 8 M16 x 70 149 190 2.7 4 4.500 300 4,771 % x 23/4 30 45 9 11'/s '/4 4'/2 59/6 8 1/8 x 2'/4 110 140 6.3 100 114.3 20.7 21.22 Ml0 x70 40 60 229 292 19 114 141 8 M16x70 149 190 2.9 5'/20.D. 5.500 300 7,127 30 45 97/8 121/8 '/8 5'/16 63/4 - 220 250 15.6 139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 M10 x 70 40 60 251 327 22 141 171 8 M16 x 75 298 339 7.1 5 5.563 300 7,292 % x 23/4 30 45 10 12'/2 % 59/16 63/4 8 3/4 x 2718 220 250 8.8 125 141.3 20.7 32.44 MI x 70 40 60 254 318 22 141 171 298 339 4.0 61/2O.D. 6.500 300 9,955 30 45 11''A 14 % 65/8 713/6 - 220 250 9.7 165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 M10 x 70 40 60 286 356 22 168 198 8 M20 x 80 298 339 4.4 6 6.625 300 10,341 % x 23/4 30 45 11 14 '/8 6% 71 /16 8 3/4 x 3'/e 220 250 9.6 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 Ml0 x 70 40 60 279 356 22 168 198 8 M20 x 80 298 339 4.4 8 8.625 300 17,528 % x 23/4 30 45 13'/2 16'/2 1 8s/8 10 8 '/4 x 3'/4 220 250 15.6 200 219.1 20.7 77.97 Ml0 x 70 40 60 343 419 25 219 254 8 (12) M20 x 80 298 339 7.1 10 10.750 300 27,229 % x 2% 30 45 16 19 1 103/4 12'/8 12 718 x 3'/2 320 400 18.2 250 273.1 20.7 121.12 M10 x 70 40 60 406 483 25 273 308 11 M20 x 90 439 542 8.3 12 12.750 300 38,303 % x 23/4 30 45 19 213/4 11/4 123/4 14'/8 12 718 x 33/4 320 400 29.9 300 323.9 20.7 170.38 MI x70 40 60 483 552 32 324 359 12 439 542 13.6 12 (PN) 12.750 300 38,303 30 45 18'/8 21'/4 1 123/4 14'/8 12 320 400 20.9 300 1 323.9 1 20.7 1 170.38 1 M10 x 70 1 40 1 60 1 460 1 540 1 25 1 324 1 359 1 12 1 M20 x 90 1 439 1 542 1 9.5 + PN 16 uses M24 x 90 (PN) Dimensions for bolt circle PN 10 & 16 Flange. Available in ANSI or metric bolt sizes only as indicated. V Based on use with standard wall pipe. § - For additional Bolt Torque information, see Technical Data Section. The Gruvlok Flange bolt hole pattern conforms to ANSI Class 150 and Class 125 flanges. To avoid interference issues, flanges cannot be assembled directly to Series 7700 butterfly valve. Flange can be assembled to one side of series 7500 and 7600 valve only. Mating flange bolts must be at least Intermediate Strength Bolting per ASME B16.5. Bolts with material properties equal or greater than SAE J429 Grade 5 are acceptable. Refer to Gruvlok Products Catalog or AnvilStal's web site for more information on installing this flange. 300 Lb Flange is available, Fig. 7013, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact your AnvilStar Rep. for more information. Other sizes available, contact an AnvilStar Representative. A WARNING For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruvlok® XtremeTm Lubricant is required. 5/09 ,&N_V__tLStar'" FIG. 7012* Gruvlok Flange Fire Products Division of Anvil International *VIL— AN Mating Flange Gruvlok Figure 7012 Flange Grooved Pipe Flange Adapter Insert A.The sealing surfaces A Max. to B Min. of the mating flange must be free from gouges, undulations and deformities of any type to ensure proper sealing of the gasket. B. Gruvlok Flanges are to be assembled on butterfly valves so as not to interfere with actuator or handle operation. C. Do not use Gruvlok Flanges within 90 degrees of one another on standard fittings because the outside dimensions may cause interference. D.Gruvlok Flanges should not be used as anchor points for tie -rods across non -restrained joints. E. Fig. 7012 Gruvlok Flange sealing gaskets require a hard flat surface for adequate sealing. The use of a Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is required for applications against rubber faced valves or other equipment. The Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is installed between the Gruvlok Flange sealing gasket and the mating flange or surface to provide a good sealing surface area. F. Gruvlok Flanges are not recommended for use against formed rubber flanges. G. An additional bolt is recommended for the hinge side of the 2" - 12" Figure 7012 when connecting to lug valves. H.Contact an AnvilStar Representative for Di -Electric Flange connections. Mating Flange Component Gruvlok F' 7012 Hal Grooved Pipe Rubber Surface Flange Audpr 111—r Mating Flange errated Face via, iyc uasket Applications which require a Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert: 1. When mating to a wafer valve (lug valve), if the valve is rubber faced in the area designated by the sealing surface dimensions (A Max. to B Min.), place the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert between the valve and the Gruvlok flange. 2. When mating to a rubber -faced metal flange, the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the rubber -faced flange. 3. When mating to a serrated flange surface, a standard full-faced flange gasket is installed against the serrated flange face and the Gruvlok Flange Adapter Insert is placed between the Gruvlok Flange and the standard Flange gasket. 4. When mating to valves or other component equipment where the flange face has an insert, use procedure described in note 3. 5/09 ,&N_V__tLStarT FIG. 7400 * Rigidlite° Coupling Fire Products Division of Anvil International *VIL— AN The Gruvlok° Figure 7400 Rigidlite Coupling is specially designed to provide a rigid, locked -in pipe connection to meet the specific demands of rigid design steel pipe. Fast and easy swing -over installation of the rugged lightweight housing produces a secure, rigid pipe joint. The Figure 7400 Rigidlite Coupling is UL/ULC Listed and FM Ap- proved for fire protection service in both wet and dry systems, with roll grooved or cut grooved steel pipe prepared in accordance with Gruvlok grooving specifica- tions. Working pressure ratings shown are for reference only and are based on Schedule 40 pipe. For the latest UL/ULC listed and FM approved pressure ratings versus pipe schedule, see www.anvilstar.com or contact your local AnvilStar Representative. The Figure 7400 Rigidlite Coupling with a Pre -Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type "A" gasket (coupling is easily identified by purple nuts) is intended for use in fire protection systems installed in accordance with NFPA Standard 13 "Sprinkler Systems". HOUSING: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 ANSI BOLTS & HEAVY HEX NUTS: Heat treated, oval -neck track head bolts conforming to ASTM A-183 Grade 2 with a minimum tensile strength of 110,000 psi and heavy hex nuts of carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-563 Grade A or Grade B, or J995 Grade 2. Bolts and nuts are provided zinc electroplated as standard. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series For other coating requirements contact an AnvilStar Representative. LUBRICATION: Standard Gruvlok Gruvlok XtremeTm required for dry pipe systems and freezer applications. c �L us FM VdS APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, DN 50 and DN200 visit our website at v—onvilstar.com or contact sizes are VdS approved. an AnvilVAnvilStarT Sales Representative. Z -Available galvanized. When ordering, refer to product as FP7400. GASKETS: Materials Properties as designated in accordance with ASTM D-2000. Pre -Lubricated Grade "E" EPDM, Type A Gasket (Violet color code) -40aF to 150OF (Service Temperature Range)(-40aC to 66°C) Recommended for wet and dry (oil free air) pipe fire protection sprinkler systems. For dry pipe systems and freezer applications, Gruvlok XtremeTM Lubricant is required. Grade "E" EPDM (Green color code) -40°F to 230°F (Service Temperature Range)(-40°C to 1 10°C) Recommended for water service, diluted acids, alkalies solutions, oil -free air and many chemical services. NOT FOR USE IN PETROLEUM APPLICATIONS. GASKET TYPE: Standard C Style Flush Gap (1'/4" - 8") PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 AWALStar" FIG. 7400 * Rigidlite° Coupling Fire Products Division of Anvil International Z ANVIL FIGURE .., RIGIDLITE@COUPLING Max. Range of Coupling Dimensions Coupling Bolts Specified Torque § Nominal Pipe Working Max. Pipe End Approx. Size O.D. Pressure End Load Separation X Y Z Qty. Size Min. Max. Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar Lbs./kN In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm In./mm Ft.-Lbs./N-m Lbs./Kg 1'/4 1.660 300 649 0-'/e 25/s 43/4 13/4 2 %x2'/4 30 45 1.3 32 42.2 20.7 2.89 0-3.2 67 121 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6 1'/2 1.900 300 851 0-'/8 27/a 4'/8 13/4 2 % x 2'/4 30 45 1.4 40 48.3 20.7 3.78 0-3.2 73 124 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.6 2 2.375 300 1,329 0-'/8 3'/4 5'/2 13/4 2 % x 2'/4 30 45 1.6 50* 60.3 20.7 5.91 0-3.2 83 140 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.7 2'/2 2.875 300 1,948 0-'/8 3% 6 1% 2 %x2'/4 30 45 1.9 65 73.0 20.7 8.66 0-3.2 98 152 44 M10 x 57 40 60 0.9 3 O.D. 2.996 300 2,115 0-'/a 4 5'/8 13/4 2 H x 21A 30 45 1.9 76.1 76.1 20.7 9.41 0-3.2 102 149 44 M10 ax 57 40 60 0.9 3 3.500 300 2,886 0-'/8 4'/2 6% 1 % 2 % x 23/4 30 45 2.1 80 88.9 20.7 12.84 0-3.2 114 171 44 M10 x 70 40 60 1.0 4 4.500 300 4,771 0-'/4 5s/8 73/4 1 % 2 % x 23/4 30 45 3.1 100 114.3 20.7 21.22 0-6.4 143 197 48 M10 x 70 40 60 1.4 5'/2 O.D. 5.500 300 7,127 63/4 9'/4 2 2 1/2 x 3 80 100 4.5 139.7 139.7 20.7 31.70 0-6.4 171 235 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.0 5 5.563 300 7,292 0-'i4 67/8 9'/4 2 2 '/2 x 3 80 100 4.6 125 141.3 20.7 32.44 J-6.4 175 235 51 MI x 76 110 150 2.1 6'/2 O.D. 6.500 300 9,955 0-'/4 73/4 10% 2 2 /z x 3 80 100 5.5 165.1 165.1 20.7 44.28 0-6.4 200 264 51 M12 x 76 110 150 2.5 6 6.625 300 10,341 0-'/4 77/4 10% 2 2 '/2 x 3 80 100 5.5 150 168.3 20.7 46.00 0-6.4 200 264 51 MI x 76 110 150 2.5 8 8.625 300 17,528 0-'/8 10'/4 128/4 2% 2 '/2 x 3 80 100 8.4 200* 1 219.1 1 20.7 1 77.97 1 0-3.2 1 260 1 324 1 60 1 1 M12 x 76 1 110 1 150 1 3.8 Note: 7400 Grade "E" EPDM gasket is required for use in copper system. " DN 50 and DN 200 sizes are VdS approved. § - For additional Bolt Torque information see Technical Data Section. Other sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. A WARNING For dry pipe systems and freezer applications lubrication of the gasket is required, Gruvlok° XtremeTm Lubricant is required. 5/09 AN_V__'hLStar'" FIG. 705013114 90a Drain Elbow Fire Products Division of Anvil International Z /ANVIL C to E f L--- ..-.-.-.-..-.-. O.D. �I H FIGURE ■ I DRAIN ELBOW Nominal Max. Dimensions Approx. Center to End H Size O.D. Working Pressure Wt. Ea In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 1'/4 1.660 300 23/4 13/4 2.1 32 42.2 20.7 70 44 1.0 1'/s 1.900 300 23/4 13/4 2.5 40 48.3 20.7 70 44 1.1 2 2.375 300 3'/4 13/4 2.9 50 60.3 20.7 83 44 1.3 2'/2 2.875 300 33/4 1'/a 5.2 65 73.0 20.7 95 48 2.4 3 3.500 300 4'/4 2 7.5 80 88.9 20.7 108 51 3.4 4 4.500 300 5 2'/4 12.2 100 114.3 20.7 127 57 5.5 5 5.563 300 5'/2 2% 17.6 125 141.3 20.7 140 60 8.0 6 6.625 300 6'/2 2% 28.3 150 168.3 20.7 165 60 12.8 8 8.625 300 73/4 2'/s 48.0 200 219.1 20.7 197 64 21.8 10 10.750 300 9 23/4 70.0 250 273.1 20.7 229 69 31.8 12 12.750 300 10 23/4 110 300 1 323.9 1 20.7 1 254 69 49.9 Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. Z -Available galvanized. Available fabricated Schedule 10 only. Drain elbow has a standard 1" female NPT outlet. C U11 FM L US APPROVED Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, ur vvebsite at-.anvilstaccom or contact Anvil®/AnvilStarrm Sales Representative. FABRICATED FITTINGS: V/4" - 6" are Carbon Steel, A-135, Schedule 10 8" - 12" are Carbon Steel, A-795/A-135/.188 Wall COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 A-i`LStar M FIG. 7050S * Standard 90° Elbow for Fire Protection Z /ANVIL Fire Products Division of Anvil International � N T E ,. w aT � o � a � t^ to P O.D. FIGURE I I STANOARO I * ELBOW Nominal O.D. Max. Center Approx. Size presto a to End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar In./mm Lbs./Kg 1'/4 1.660 300 21/4 1.0 32 42.2 20.7 70 0.5 1'/2 1.900 300 21/4 1.2 40 48.3 20.7 70 0.5 2 2.375 300 3'/4 1.7 50 60.3 20.7 83 0.8 2'/2 2.875 300 31/4 2.6 65 73.0 20.7 95 1.2 3 3.500 300 4'/4 4.0 80 88.9 20.7 108 1.8 4 4.500 300 5 7.7 100 114.3 20.7 127 3.5 5 5.563 300 Y/2 11.1 125 141.3 20.7 140 5.0 6 6.625 300 61h 16.5 150 168.3 20.7 165 7.5 8 8.625 300 71/4 30.6 200 1 219.1 1 20.7 1 197 1 13.9 For additional sizes, see Fig. 7050 in the Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. C O L us FM APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, ww visit our websiteatowilstar.comorcontact an Anvil®/AnvilStarT" Sales Representative. 'W -Available galvanized. • When ordering, refer to product as FP7050S. These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-47 COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series Not for use in copper systems. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPRO"L STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 A-i`LStar" FIG. 7051 *Standard 45° Elbow for Fire Protection Z /ANVIL Fire Products Division of Anvil International � N T E ,. w aT � o � a � C t( FIGURE I STANDARDELBOW Nominal O.D. Max. (enter Approx. Size PRated to End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar In./mm Lbs./Kg 1'/4 1.660 300 13/a 0.7 32 42.2 20.7 44 0.3 1'/2 1.900 300 13/4 0.9 40 48.3 20.7 44 0.4 2 2.375 300 2 1.5 50 60.3 20.7 51 0.7 2'/2 2.875 300 2'/4 1.9 65 73.0 20.7 57 0.9 3 3.500 300 2'/2 3.3 80 88.9 20.7 64 1.5 4 4.500 300 3 5.4 100 114.3 20.7 76 2.4 5 5.563 300 3'/4 9.0 125 141.3 20.7 83 4.1 6 6.625 300 3'/2 11.2 150 168.3 20.7 89 5.1 8 8.625 300 4'/4 19.8 200 1 219.1 1 20.7 1 108 1 9.0 Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. UL US <�> FM APPROVED sting/Approval Details and Limitations, ww website at owilstar.com or contact rvil®/AnvilStar- Sales Representative. Available as a fabricated fitting. Z- Availablegalvanized. When ordering, refer to product as FP7051. These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-47 COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series Not for use in copper systems. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 ,&NVtLStarTM FIG. 70605 * Standard Tee for Fire Protection *,&NVIL Fire Products Division of Anvil International C to E C1 O.D. i FIGURE . I5* STANDARD TEE Nominal O.D. Max. atede (enter Approx. Size P ressur to End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm PSI/bar In./mm Lbs./Kg 1'/4 1.660 300 23/4 1.5 32 42.2 20.7 70 0.7 1'/2 1.900 300 23/4 1.8 40 48.3 20.7 70 0.8 2 2.375 300 3'/4 2.4 50 60.3 20.7 83 1.1 2'/3 2.875 300 33/4 4.0 65 73.0 20.7 95 1.8 3 3.500 300 4'/4 5.8 80 88.9 20.7 108 2.6 4 4.500 300 5 10.3 100 114.3 20.7 127 4.7 5 5.563 300 51/2 16.2 125 141.3 20.7 140 7.3 6 6.625 300 61h 25.7 150 168.3 20.7 165 11.7 8 8.625 300 73/4 41.1 200 219.1 1 20.7 197 1 18.6 Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. "W -Available galvanized. When ordering, refer to product as FP7060S. These fittings are designed to provide minimal pressure drop and uniform strength. CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-47 COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series FM US APPROVED val Details and Limitations, ~.anvilstaccom or contact tarTM Sales Representative. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 AN_V__'hLStarT" FIG. 7072 Concentric Reducer Fire Products Division of Anvil International *VIL- AN EtoE EtoE O.D.-2 - Cast Weld FIGURE 7072 CONCENTRICREDUCER (GROOVE BY ■ ■ Nominal O.D:1 O.D.-2 End to End Approx. Size Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 21/2 x 2 ■ 2.875 2.375 2 /2 1.6 65 x 50 73.0 60.3 64 0.7 3 x 2 ■ 3.500 2.375 2 /2 1.4 80 x 50 88.9 60.3 64 0.6 3 x 2'/2 Is 3.500 2.875 2'/2 1.6 80 x 65 88.9 73.0 64 0.7 4 x 2 ■ 4.500 2.375 3 2.4 100 x 50 114.3 60.3 76 1.1 4 x 3 ■ 4.500 3.500 3 3.2 100 x 80 114.3 88.9 76 1.5 5 x 4 ■ 5.563 4.500 31/2 4.5 125 x 100 141.3 114.3 89 2.0 6 x 3 ■ 6.625 3.500 4 5.4 150 x 80 168.3 88.9 102 2.4 6 x 4 Is 6.625 4.500 4 5.6 150 x 100 168.3 114.3 102 2.5 6 x 5 ■ 6.625 5.563 4 6.0 150 x 125 168.3 141.3 102 2.7 8 x 4 ■ 8.625 4.500 5 9.0 200 x 100 219.1 114.3 127 4.1 8 x 6 ■ 8.625 6.625 5 15.5 200 x 150 219.1 168.3 127 7.0 10 x 6 ■ 10.750 6.625 6 20.0 250 x 150 273.1 168.3 152 9.1 10 x 8 10.750 8.625 6 23.9 250 x 200 273.1 219.1 152 10.8 12 x 8 12.750 8.625 7 29.0 300 x 200 323.9 219.1 178 13.2 12 x 10 12.750 10.750 7 32.4 300 x 250 1 323.9 1 273.1 1 178 1 14.7 Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. ■- Cast fittings, all others are fabricated steel. Available as a fabricated fitting. Z -Available galvanized. CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-A7 FM C uL US APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our "bsite at-.anvilstaccom or contact an Anvil®/AnvilStarTm Sales Representative. FABRICATED FITTINGS: 1 "-10" Carbon Steel, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B 12" and above Carbon Steel, Standard Wall, conforming to ASTM A-53, Grade B COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPROVAL STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 AWALStar" FIG. 7074 * Cap Fire Products Division of Anvil International Z ANVIL I D. EtoE FIGURE 7074 CAP Nominal 0 D End Approx. Size to End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 1'A 1.660 1'A 0.4 32 42.2 32 0.2 1'/2 1.900 1'/4 0.5 40 48.3 32 0.2 2 2.375 1 0.5 50 60.3 25 0.2 2'/2 2.875 1 0.7 65 73.0 25 0.3 3 3.500 1 1.1 80 88.9 25 0.5 4 4.500 1'/a 2.8 100 114.3 29 1.3 5 5.563 1'/a 4.0 125 141.3 29 1.8 6 6.625 15/l6 6.0 150 168.3 33 2.7 8 8.625 1'/2 12.5 200 219.1 38 5.7 10 10.750 1'/2 21.9 250 273.1 38 9.9 12 12.750 1'/2 33.8 300 1 323.9 1 38 1 15.3 Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. Z -Available galvanized. ` When ordering, refer to product as FP7074. CAST FITTINGS: Cast Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-47 FM uL us APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at www.anvilstaccom or contact an Anvil®/AnvilStarTM Sales Representative. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series PROJECTt Project: ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 AN_V__'hLStarT" FIG. 7450 * Short Pattern 90' Elbow Z /&M/IL Fire Products Division of Anvil International � NT E a ru nr � o � A GRUVLOK° FIRE -RITE TM SHORT PATTERN FITTING SYSTEM The Gruvlok° Fire -Rite TM short pattern fitting system incorporates 900 elbows and tees in 2" to 8" size range with a 300 psi pressure rating. Fire-RiteTM fittings are painted to industry specification and are available galvanized for more corrosive environments. CAD designed increased internal diameters provides superior flow capability. Fire -Rite TM fittings are cast from ASTM A-536 Ductile Iron to Grade 65-45-12. Fire-RiteTM — Light Weight — Heavy Value! FIGURE 7450 90' ELBOW Nominal O.D. Center Approx. Sizeto End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 2 2.375 21/4 1.7 50 60.3 70 0.8 2'/2 2.875 3 2.6 65 73.0 76 1.2 3 3.500 31/8 3.5 80 88.9 86 1.6 4 4.500 4 6.5 100 114.3 102 3.0 6 6.625 5Yz 14.8 150 168.3 140 6.7 8 8.625 67/8 25.6 200 219.1 175 11.6 Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. _ — Available galvanized. When ordering, refer to product as FP7450. CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-47 i <�> UL �$ FM APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our __site at—anvilstaccom or contact an Anvil'/AnvilStarTM Sales Representative, COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series 18 16 2- 14 0. p o� 12 c a 10 N 3 8 6 a w 4 0 2 0 8 inch — - — 6 inch ----4inch 3 inch .. _.. _ 2% inch ---------- 2 inch 5 10 15 20 Flow Rate (ft./sec.) Gruvlok short pattern fittings exceed the headloss requirements of NFPA 13. For Fig. 7450 90° grooved end elbows use the value shown. Note: Above values are shown for Schedule 40 pipe to be consistent with industry practices. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPRO"L STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 AN_V__'hLStar'" FIG. 7460 * Short Pattern Tee Z /&M/IL Fire Products Division of Anvil International � NT E. ru nr � o � A GRUVLOK° FIRE -RITE TM SHORT PATTERN FITTING SYSTEM The Gruvlok° Fire -Rite TM short pattern fitting system incorporates 900 elbows and tees in 2" to 8" size range with a 300 psi pressure rating. Fire-RiteTM fittings are painted to industry specification and are available galvanized for more corrosive environments. CAD designed increased internal diameters provides superior flow capability. Fire -Rite TM fittings are cast from ASTM A-536 Ductile Iron to Grade 65-45-12. Fire-RiteTM — Light Weight — Heavy Value! C to F C tC _ —Available galvanized When ordering, refer to product as FP7460. O.D. MATERIAL C CAST FITTINGS: Ductile Iron conforming to ASTM A-536 Malleable Iron conforming to ASTM A-47 FIGURE460 TEE Nominal O.D. Center Approx. Sizeto End Wt. Ea. In./DN(mm) In./mm In./mm Lbs./Kg 2 2.375 21/4 2.5 50 60.3 70 1.1 2'/2 2.875 3 3.5 65 73.0 76 1.6 3 3.500 31/8 4.8 80 88.9 86 2.2 4 4.500 4 8.1 100 114.3 102 3.7 6 6.625 5Yz 19.1 150 168.3 140 8.7 8 8.625 67/8 35.2 200 1 219.1 1 175 1 16.0 Additional sizes available, see Gruvlok Catalog or contact an AnvilStar Representative. FM APPROVED For Listing/Approval Details and Limitations, visit our website at—onvilstaccom or contact an Anvil' /AnvilStarT Sales Representative. COATINGS: Rust inhibiting paint Color: ORANGE (standard) or Hot Dipped Zinc Galvanized conforming to ASTM A-153 (optional) Other available options: Example: RAL3000 or RAL9000 Series 18 d 16 a 14 p oo 12 d 10 a U s d 2 4 a 2 0 8 Inch — • — 6 inch — --•flinch 3 inch ••—••-2'/2 inch .......... 2 Inch 5 10 15 20 Flow Rate (ft./sec.) Gruvlok short pattern fittings exceed the headloss requirements of NFPA 13. For Fig. 7460 Tee branch use 21/2 times the value shown. For Fig. 7460 Tee run use the value shown. Note: Above values are shown for Schedule 40 pipe to be consistent with industry practices. PROJECT INFORMATION Project: APPRO"L STAMP ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: 5/09 SECTION 2 HANGERS AND SWAY BRACING ATR - All Threaded Rod -120" (3.05m) Lengths TOLCOT' Fig. 99 - All Threaded Rod Cut To Length Size Range: 1/4"-20 thru 7/8"-9 rod in 120" lengths or cut to length Material: Steel Maximum Temperature: 750°F (399°C) Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact customer service for alternative finishes and materials. Approvals: Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-13. Order By: Figure number, rod size, length and finish 6i� Part No. - Size x Length Threads Recommended Load Approx. Wt./100 Ft. ATR Fig. 99 Per Inch Lbs. (M) Lbs. (kg) ATR 1/4" x 120 99-1/4" x length 20 240 (1.07) 12 (5.44) ATR 3/8" x 120 99-3/8" x length 16 730 (3.24) 29 (13.15) ATR 1/2" x 120 99-1/2" x length 13 1350 (6.00) 53 (24.04) ATR 5/8" x 120 99-5/8" x length 11 2160 (9.60) 89 (40.37) ATR 3/4" x 120 99-3/4" x length 10 3230 (14.37) 123 (55.79) ATR 7/8" x 120 99-7/8" x length 9 4480 (19.93) 170 (77.11) For larger sizes consult full line pipe hanger catalog. CHID All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 96 B-Line series Fire Protection Solutions BEAM CLAMPS Z /ANVIL Fig. 89X Size Range: 1/8" through 3/4' Material: Carbon steel Finish: ❑ Plain or ❑ Galvanized Service: For use with Figs. 86, 88, 92, 93, 94 & 95 in seismic applications. 13 Approvals: Complies with MSS-SP-127. How to size: Specify length of retaining strap based on beam size. Installation: Length of strap should be adequate to allow at least 1" of strap to be bent over the beam side of the flange opposite the side the beam clamp is mounted on. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, length of retaining clip and finish (Add 2" to flange width of beam to arrive at proper length of retaining clip). If required length is not standard, order next longer standard. L I� IT 1�4 I OO W Retaining Clip FIG. 89X: WEIGHT (LBS) • DIMENSIONS (IN) Rod Size A Width W T Weight Length L 6 8 10 14 3/$ 1 0.058 0.10 0.14 0.17 0.24 6, 8, '/2 % 1'/4 0.070 0.13 0.17 0.22 0.31 10,14 3/4 PROJECT1 Project: APPROVAL ❑ Approved Address: ❑ Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: Catalog PH-2008 BEAM CLAMPS Z /ANVIL Fig. 92 Universal C-type Clamp (Standard Throat) Size Range: 3/8" and'/z" Material: Ductile iron, hardened steel cup point set screw and locknut. Finish:❑ Plain or❑ Zinc Plated (Hot -Dip Galvanized optional) Service: Recommended for use under roof installations with bar joist type construction, or for attachment to the top or bottom flange of structural shapes where the vertical hanger rod is required to be offset from the edge of the flange and where the thickness of joist or flange does not exceed s/4". Approvals: Complies with Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 19 & 23) WW-H-777-E (Type 23), ANSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-58 (Type 19 & 23). UL, ULC Listed and FM Approved. How to size: Size of clamp is determined by size of rod to be used. Installation: Follow recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69. Features: • They may be attached to horizontal flanges of structural members in either the top beam or bottom beam positions. • Secured in place by a cup -pointed Set Screw tightened against the flange. A Jam Nut is provided for tightening the Set Screw against the Body Casting. • Thru tapping of the body casting permits extended adjustment of the threaded rod. • Can be used with Fig 89X retaining clip for seismic applications. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name of clamp and finish. �H E AT LEAST ONE G FULL THREAD OF ROD MUST _- BE EXPOSED 3/4" D BODY — CASTING I I = JAM - NUT — �A SET SCREW 1� . c UL us <FM> LISTED APPROVED FIG. 92: LOAD (LBS) • WEIGHT (LBS) • DIMENSIONS (IN) • TORQUE (IN-LBS) Rod Size A Set Screw Size Torque Value Max Loads ■ Weight C D E F G H Top Bottom 3/s % 60 500 250 0.34 11/16 19/16 '/16 13/6 3/s 1/2 1/z 1/2 125 950 760 0.63 1% 113/6 1/2 11/6 7/6 23/32 ■ Maximum temperature of 450' F PROJECT1 1APPROVAL Project: ❑ Approved Address: []Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PH-1.15 Seismic Bracing Fig. 980 - Universal Swivel Sway Brace Attachment - 3/8" to 3/4" Size Range: One size fits bracing pipe 1" (25mm) thru 2" 150mm), B-Line 12 gauge (2.6mm) channel, and all structural steel up to 1/4" 131.7mm) thick. Material: Steel Function: Multi -functional attachment to structure or braced pipe fitting Features: This product's design incorporates a concentric attachment opening which is critical to the performance of structural seismic connections NFPA 13 indicates clearly that fastener table load values are based only on concentric loading. Mounts to any surface angle. Break off bolt head assures verification of proper installation. Installation: Fig.980 is the structural or transitional attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral sway brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing pipe" and TOLCO "braced pipe" attachment, Fig. 1000, 1001, 4L, or other TOLCO approved attachment to pipe to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13 guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 980 onto the "bracing pipe". Tighten the set bolt until the head breaks off. Attachment can pivot for adjustment to proper brace angle. Approvals: —Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 66. Note: Fig. 980 Swivel Attachment and Fig. 1000, 1001, 4L or other TOLCO approved attachment to pipe that make up a sway brace system of UL Listed attachments and bracing materials which satisfies the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories and the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Finish: Plain, Electro-Galvanized or Stainless Steel. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes. Order By: Figure number and finish. Pat. #6,273,372, Pat. #6,517,030, Pat. #6,953,174, Pat. #6,708,930, Pat. #7,191,987, Pat. #7,441,730, Pat. #7,669,806 Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM DS 2-8. Set Bolt Included Mounting Hardware Is Not Included Fig. 4L Fig. 980 Y u ■ M■ FM APPROVED Longitudinal Brace Part Mtg. Hdw. Mounting Hole Max. Design Load" (FM) Approx. Number Size A B D 30' - 44' 45' - 59' 60' - 74' 75' - 90* wt./100 in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lbs./(kN) lbs./(kN) lbs./(kN) lbs./(kN) lbs. (kg) 980-3/8 3/8" (9.5) 51/4' (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 13/32" (10.3) 149 (67.6) 980-1/2 * 1/2" (12.7) 51/4- (133.3) 17/8" (47.6) 17/32" (13.5) 1320 1970 2310 2550 148 (67.1) 980-5/8 5/8" (15.9) 51/4" (133.3) 17/8- (47.6) 11/16" (17.5) (5.87) (8.76) (10.27) (11.34) 147 (66.7) 980-3/4 3/4" (19.0) 51/4' (133.3) 17/8- (47.6) 13/16" (20.5) 146 (66.2) * Standard size. ** Installed with 1" or 11/4" Schedule 40 brace pipe. FM Approved design loads are based on ASD design method Eaton's B-Line Business seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. B-Line's warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in B-Line's standard terms and conditions of sale made available by B-Line, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from B-Line's warranty, Eaton's B-line Business makes no warranty relating to B-Line's seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton's B-Line Business. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 67 lne by UJ-N Seismic Bracing Fig. 1001 - Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: Pipe size to be braced: 1" (25mm) thru 8" (200mm) IPS. Pipe size used for bracing: 1" (25mm) and 11/4" (32mm) Schedule 40 IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance. The pipe attachment component of a sway brace system: Fig. 1001 is used in conjunction with a Fig. 900 Series fitting and joined together with bracing pipe per NFPA 13, forming a complete sway brace assembly. Features: Can be used to brace schedules 7 through 40 IPS. Field adjustable, making critical pre -engineering of bracing pipe length unnecessary. Unique design requires no threading of bracing pipe. Can be used as a component of a four-way riser brace. Comes assembled and ready for installation. Fig. 1001 has built-in visual verification of correct installation. See installation note below. Installation Note: Position Fig. 1001 over the pipe to be braced and tighten two hex head cone point set bolts until heads bottom out. A minimum of 1" (25mm) pipe extension is recommended. Brace pipe can be installed on top or bottom of pipe to be braced. Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM). For UL Listed information refer to page 70. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized. Contact B-Line for alternative finishes and materials. Order By: Order by figure number, pipe size to be braced, followed by pipe size used for bracing (1" (25mm) or 11/4" (32mm)) , and finish. Important Note: Fig. 1001 is precision manufactured to perform its function as a critical component of a complete bracing assembly. To ensure performance, the FM Approval requires that Fig. 1001 must be used only with other TOLCO bracing products. Designed to meet or exceed requirements of FM IDS 2-8 Y u ■ M■ FM APPROVED Design Load - For Sch. 7, Sch.10, & Sch. 40 Pipe Pipe Part Number & Approx. Wt./100 Allowable Horizontal Capacity (Ibf) Per Installation 1.2,3 Size 1" (24mm) Brace Pipe 11/4" (32mm) Brace Pipe 30D-44° 45D-59° 60D-74° 75°-90° in. (mm) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (kg) Lbs. (M) Lbs. (kN) Lbs. (M) Lbs. (M) 1- (25) 1001-1 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-1 X 11/4 118.0 (53.5) 1800 (8.00) 2550 (11.34) 3120 (13.88) 3490 (25.52) 11/4"(32) 1001-11/4 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/4 X 11/4 114.0 (51.7) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 11/2"(40) 1001-11/2 X 1 100.0 (45.3) 1001-11/2 X 11/4 115.0 (52.1) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 2- (50) 1001-2 X 1 108.0 (49.0) 1001-2 X 11/4 121.0 (54.9) 1230 (5.47) 1740 (7.74) 2140 (9.52) 2380 (10.58) 21/2"(65) 1001-21/2 X 1 138.6 (62.8) 1001-21/2 X 11/4 160.4 (72.7) 800 (3.56) 1130 (5.02) 1380 (6.14) 1540 (6.85) 3" (80) 1001-3 X 1 147.2 (66.7) 1001-3 X 11/4 168.7 (76,5) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) 4- (100) 1001-4 X 1 160.9 (73.0) 1001-4 X 11/4 182.4 (82.7) 850 (3.78) 1200 (5.34) 1470 (6.54) 1640 (7.29) 6- (150) 1001-6 X 1 190.0 (86.2) 1001-6 X 11/4 211.4 (95.9) 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 8- (200) 1 1001-8 X 1 217.4 (98.6) 1001-8 X 11/4 238.8 (108.3) . 510 (2.27) 730 (3.25) 890 (3.96) 990 (4.40) 1 FM Approved when used with 1 or 11/4 inch NPS Schedule 40 GB/T 3091,EN 10255H, or JIS G3451 steel pipe as the brace member. 2 Load rating for LW above refers to FM Approved Lightwall Pipe commonly referred to as "Schedule 7". These ratings may also be applied when EN 10220 and GB/T 8163 steel pipe. 3 Load rating for Schedule 10 above may be applied to GB/T 3092,EN 10255M and H, or JIS G3454, FM Approved Thinwall, or Schedule 40 steel pipes. Note: See UL load ratings in UL Listed Design Load chart shown under drawing. O X All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Fire Protection Solutions 71 lne by UJ-N Seismic System Attachments TOLCOT" Fig. 4LA - "In -Line" Sway Brace Attachment Size Range: 1" (25mm) through 12" (300mm) IPS. Material: Steel Function: For bracing pipe against sway and seismic disturbance Approvals: Approved by Factory Mutual Engineering (FM), 1" (25mm) through 12" (300mm) pipe. Underwriters Laboratories Listed in the USA and Canada (cULus). Included in our Seismic Engineering Guidelines approved by the State of California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD). For additional load, spacing and placement information relating to OSHPD projects, please refer to our Seismic Engineering Guidelines, OPM-0052-13. See loads in charts on page 37. Installation Instructions: Fig. 4LA can be used as the system attachment component of a longitudinal or lateral brace assembly. It is intended to be combined with the "bracing member" and our transitional attachment and structural attachment to form a complete bracing assembly. NFPA 13, FM DS 2-8, and/or OSHPD guidelines should be followed. To Install: Place the Fig. 4LA pipe clamp component over the pipe to be braced and tighten down the break -off nuts until the hex head portion breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Next engage brace member (pipe or strut) with jaw component and tighten break -off head bolt until the hex head breaks off to verify correct installation torque. Pivot jaw for correct angle and attach to structure using our brand transitional attachment and structural attachment. Finish: Plain or Electro-Galvanized Order By: Figure number, pipe size and finish. I COus <*> OPM LISTED APPROVED 4LA-1 thru 4LA-4 4LA-6 thru 4LA-12 Part No. Pipe Size in. (mm) A in. (mm) in. C (mm) in. D (MM) Bolt Size Approx. wt./100 lbs. (kg) 4LA-1 1" (25) 319/32" (91.2) 15/16" (33.5) 15/16" (33.5) 3/8"-16 119 (54.0) 4LA-1 1/4 11/4" (32) 329/32" (99.3) 13/8" (35.3) 13/8" (35.3) 3/8"-16 123 (55.8) 4LA-1 1/2 11/2" (40) 45/32" (105.7) 11/2" (38.5) 11/2" (38.5) 3/8"-16 127 (57.6) 4LA-2 2" (50) 511/32" (135.6) 21/32" (51.9) 21/16" (51.9) 3/8"-16 142 (64.4) 4LA-21/2 21/2" (65) 527/32" (148.7) 25/16" (58.5) 25/16" (58.5) 3/8"-16 173 (78.5) 4LA-3 3" (80) 61/2" (164.9) 25/8" (66.6) 25/8" (66.6) 3/8"-16 187 (84.8) 4LA-31/2 31/2" (90) 713/32" (188.1) 27/8" (73.1) 27/8" (73.1) 3/8"-16 198 (89.8) 4LA-4 4" (100) 717/32" (191.3) 31/8" (79.5) 31/8" (79.5) 3/8"-16 209 (94.8) 4LA-6 6" (150) 105/8" (269.9) 49/16" 015.9) 49/16" (115.9) 1/2"-13 521 (236.3) 4LA-8 8" (200) 1213/16" (325.5) 59/16" (143.7) 521/32" (143.7) 1/2"-13 629 (285.3) 4LA-10 10" (250) 161/2" (419.1) 71/4" (184.2) 71/4" (184.2) 1/2"-13 1320 (598.7) 4LA-12 12" (300) 181/2" (469.9) 81/4" (209.6) 81/4" (209.6) 1/2"-13 1496 (678.6) Eaton's B-Line series seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line series bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Eaton B-Line Division warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Eaton B-Line Division standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Eaton, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Eaton B-Line Division warranty, Eaton makes no warranty relating to B-Line series seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. Eaton 36 B-Line series Seismic Bracing Products Seismic System Attachments TOLCO"' Fig. 4LA - "in -Line" Sway Brace Attachment cost. Brace Fig. 980 Fig. 4LA -- Longitudinal Brace Lateral Brace Longitudinal Loads Max. Horizontal Design Load (FM) Max. Horizontal Part Pipe Size 30°44° 45°-59° 60°-74° 75°-90° Design Load (UL) No. in. (mm► lbs. (M) lbs. (M) lbs. (M) lbs. (M) lbs. (M) 4LA-1 1" (25) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-11/4 11/4" (32) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-11/2 11/2" (40) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-2 2" (50) 680 (3.02) 860 (3.82) 1030 (4.58) 1150 (5.11) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-21/2 21/2" (65) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-3 3" (80) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-31/2 31/2" (90) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-4 4" (100) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-6 6" (150) 1620 (7.20) 2,260 (10.05) 2010 (8.94) 2220 (9.87) 1600 (7.11) 4LA-8 8" (200) 1620 (7.20) 1,660 (7.38) 1570 (6.98) 1740 (7.74) 2015 (8.96) 4LA-10 10" (250) 1620 (7.20) 1,660 (7.38) 1570 (6.98) 1740 (7.74) NA (NA) 4LA-12 12" (300) 1620 (7.20) 1,660 (7.38) 1570 (6.98) 1740 (7.74) NA (NA) Lateral Loads Max. Horizontal Design Load (FM) Max. Horizontal Part Pipe Size 30°-44° 45°-59° 600-74° 75°-90° Design Load (UL) No. in. (mm) lbs. (M) lbs. (M) lbs. (M) lbs. (M) lbs. (kN) 4LA-1 1" (25) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) NA (NA) 4LA-1 1/4 11/4" (32) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) NA (NA) 4LA-11/2 11/2" (40) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) NA (NA) 4LA-2 2" (50) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) NA (NA) 4LA-21/2 21/2" (65) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) NA (NA) 4LA-3 3" (80) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-31/2 31/2" (90) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-4 4" (100) 680 (3.02) 970 (4.31) 1190 (5.29) 1320 (5.87) 1000 (4.45) 4LA-6 6" (150) 1620 (7.20) 2,300 (10.23) 2820 (12.54) 3140 (13.96) 1600 (7.11) 4LA-8 8" (200) 1620 (7.20) 2,300 (10.23) 2820 (12.54) 3140 (13.96) 2015 (8.96) 4LA-10 10" (250) 1620 (7.20) 2,300 (10.23) 2820 (12.54) 3140 (13.96) NA (NA) 4LA-12 12" (300) 1620 (7.20) 2,300 (10.23) 2820 (12.54) 3140 (13.96) NA (NA) Eaton's B-Line series seismic bracing components are designed to be compatible only with other B-Line series bracing components, resulting in a listed seismic bracing assembly. Eaton B-Line Division warranty for seismic bracing components will be the warranty provided in Eaton B-Line Division standard terms and conditions of sale made available by Eaton, except that, in addition to the other exclusions from Eaton B-Line Division warranty, Eaton makes no warranty relating to B-Line series seismic bracing components that are combined with products not provided by Eaton. All dimensions in charts and on drawings are in inches. Dimensions shown in parentheses are in millimeters unless otherwise specified. B-Line series Seismic Bracing Products 37 Eaton 3.3.5.1 Product description The KWIK Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) is a torque controlled expansion anchor which is especially suited to seismic and cracked concrete applications. This anchor line is available in carbon steel, type 304 and type 316 stainless steel versions. The anchor diameters range from 3/8-, 1/2-, 5/8- and 3/4-inch in a variety of lengths. Applicable base materials include normal -weight concrete, structural lightweight concrete, lightweight concrete over metal deck and grout -filled concrete masonry. Guide specifications Torque controlled expansion anchors shall be KWIK Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) supplied by Hilti meeting the description in Federal Specification A -A 1923A, type 4. The anchor bears a length identification mark embossed into the impact section (dog point) of the anchor surrounded by four embossed notches identifying the anchor as a Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ. Anchors are manufactured to meet one of the following conditions: The carbon steel anchor body, nut, and washer have an electroplated zinc coating conforming to ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 pm. The stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to type 316. Stainless steel anchor body, nut and washer conform to type 304. Stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to type 316. Stainless steel anchor body, nut, washer, and expansion sleeve conform to type 316 stainless steel. KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Product features • Product and length identification marks facilitate quality control after installation. • Through fixture installation and variable thread lengths improve productivity and accommodate various base plate thicknesses. • Type 316 stainless steel wedges provide superior performance in cracked concrete. • Ridges on expansion wedges provide increased reliability. • Mechanical expansion allows immediate load application. • Raised impact section (dog point) prevents thread damage during installation. • Bolt meets ductility requirements of ACI 318-14 Section 2.3. • ACI 349-01 Nuclear Design Guide is available. Call Hilti Technical Support. 3.3.5.1 Product description 3.3.5.2 Material specifications 3.3.5.3 Technical data 3.3.5.4 Installation instructions 3.3.5.5 Ordering information Impact section dog point I Nut — Washer — Red _ mark Anchor thread Anchor _ body Stainle: Ste expansic sleee (wedge. Expansic tort Listings/Approvals ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1917, ESR-3785, ESL-1067 City of Los Angeles Research Report No. 25701 Research Report No. 26057 FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler Systems for 3/8 through 3/4 UL LLC Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services for 3/8 through 3/4 97-,- IN i1PPhow USTEEk 'k9 PMG Independent code evaluation IBC°/ IRC° 2015 IBC°/ IRC° 2012 IBC°/ IRC@2009 IBC° / IRC° 2006 National Building Code of Canada 2015 National Building Code of Canada 2010 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 277 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5.2 Material specifications Carbon steel with electroplated zinc Carbon steel KB-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads.' Anchor diameter (in.) Shear (lb) Tension (lb) 3/8 NA 6,744 1/2 7,419 11,240 5/8 11,465 17,535 3/4 1 17,535 1 25,853 Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 pm. Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Expansion sleeves (wedges) are manufactured from type 316 stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel KB-TZ anchors are made of type 304 or 316 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads.' Anchor diameter (in.) Shear (lb) Tension (lb) 3/8 5,058 6,519 1/2 8,543 12,364 5/8 13,938 19,109 3/4 1 22,481 1 24,729 All nuts and washers for type 304 anchors are made from type 304 stainless. All nuts and washers for type 316 anchors are made from type 316 stainless. Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594. Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI 1318.22.1, Type A, plain. Expansion sleeve (wedges) are made from type 316 stainless steel. 1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in a universal tensile machine for quality control at the manufacturing facility. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See tables 4 and 16 for the steel design strengths of carbon steel and stainless steel, respectively. 3.3.5.3 Technical data 3.3.5.3.1 ACI 318-14 Chapter 17 design The technical data contained in this section are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The load values were developed using the Strength Design parameters and variables of ESR-1917 and the equations within ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to section 3.1.8. Data tables from ESR-1917 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.icc-es.org or at www.hilti.com. 278 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 1 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel specifications Setting Nominal anchor diameter d 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 information Symbol Units Nominal bit d . in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 diameter b' 3/4 Minimum nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/16 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-5/16 embedment hnom (mm) (46) (59) (78) (60) (91) (91) (113) (97) (110) (135) Effective minimum het in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment (mm) (38) (51) (70) (51) (83) (79) (102) (83) (95) (121) in. 2 2-5/8 3-3/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4 4-5/8 5-3/4 Min. hole depth h ° (mm) (51) (67) (83) (67) (102) (95) (121) (102) (117) (146) Min. thickness in. 0 0 0 3/4 1/4 3/8 3/4 0 0 7/8 of fixture' t '"'" (mm) (0) (0) (0) (19) (6) (9) (19) (0) (0) (23) Max. thickness in. 2-13/16 2-5/16 1-9/16 4 2-3/4 5-5/8 4-3/4 5-9/16 4-15/16 3-15/16 of fixture tmax (mm) (71) (59) (40) (101) (70) (143) (121) (141) (125) (100) Installation torque T'"s` ft-lb 25 40 60 110 (concrete) (Nm) (34) (54) (81) (149) Installation torque T'"�' ft-lb n/a 15 n/a 25 35 n/a 70 (masonry) (Nm) (20) (34) (47) (95) Fixture hole cl in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 diameter h (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) Available anchor in. 3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 5-1/2 7 8 10 lengths f�"ch (mm) (76) (95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) (254) (140) (178) (203) (254) Threaded length 1-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 2-1/2 4 5 7 including dog point 'thread thread (mm) (38) (57) (89) (41) (60) (86) (124) (38) (70) (133) (171 (63) (103) (128) (179) in. 1-1/2 2-1/8 3-1/4 3 Unthreaded length '.nth, (mm) (39) 1 (54) (83) 1 (77) 1 Minimum thickness of fixture is a concern only when the anchor is installed at the minimum nominal embedment. When KWIK Bolt TZ anchors are installed at this embedment, the anchor threading ends near the surface of the concrete. If the fixture is sufficiently thin, it could be possible to run the nut to the bottom of the threading during application of the installation torque. If fixtures are thin, it is recommended that embedment be increased accordingly. Figure 1 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ specifications Ithread dh* V // fanch •z Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I an espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 279 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 2 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength with concrete / pullout failure in uncracked concrete' 2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - (PN,� Shear - On anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f' = 2,500 psi f'� = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f'. = 6,000 psi f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f'� = 6,000 psi in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (M) lb (M) lb (kN) lb (M) lb (M) lb (kN) lb (M) lb (kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 1,185 1,300 1,500 1,835 1,545 1,690 1,950 2,390 (38) (46) (5.3) (5.8) (6.7) (8.2) (6.9) (7.5) (8.7) (10.6) 2 2-5/16 1,635 1,790 2,070 2,535 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 3/8 (51) (59) (7.3) (8.0) (9.2) (11.3) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 2-3/4 3-1/16 2,670 2,925 3,380 4,140 7,660 8,395 9,690 11,870 (70) (78) (11.9) (13.0) (15.0) (18.4) (34.1) (37.3) (43.1) (52.8) 2 2-3/8 2,205 2,415 2,790 3,420 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 1/2 (51) (60) (9.8) (10.7) (12.4) (15.2) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,585 3,925 4,535 5,555 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (91) (15.9) (17.5) (20.2) (24.7) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3-1/8 3-9/16 4,310 4,720 5,450 6,675 9,280 10,165 11,740 14,380 5/8 (79) (91) (19.2) (21.0) (24.2) (29.7) (41.3) (45.2) (52.2) (64.0) 4 4-7/16 5,945 6,510 7,520 9,210 13,440 14,725 17,000 20,820 (102) (113) (26.4) (29.0) (33.5) (41.0) (59.8) (65.5) (75.6) (92.6) 3-1/4 3-13/16 4,570 5,005 5,780 7,080 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (97) (20.3) (22.3) (25.7) (31.5) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,380 5,895 6,810 8,340 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 3/4 (95) (110) (23.9) (26.2) (30.3) (37.1) (54.3) (59.5) (68.6) (84.1) 4-3/4 5-9/16 6,940 7,605 8,780 10,755 17,390 19,050 22,000 26,945 (121) 1 (142) (30.9) (33.8) (39.1) (47.8) (77.4) (84.7) (97.9) (119.9) Table 3 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength with concrete / pullout failure in cracked concrete',2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - (pNn Shear - On anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'� = 2,500 psi f'� = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f'� = 6,000 psi f'� = 2,500 psi f'� = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f'� = 6,000 psi in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (M) lb (M) lb (kN) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) 1-1/2 1-13/16 860 940 1,085 1,330 1,095 1,195 1,385 1,695 (38) (46) (3.8) (4.2) (4.8) (5.9) (4.9) (5.3) (6.2) (7.5) 2 2-3/8 1,565 1,710 1,975 2,420 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 3/8 (51) (60) (7.0) (7.6) (8.8) (10.8) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 2-3/4 3-1/8 2,050 2,245 2,595 3,175 5,425 5,945 6,865 8,405 (70) (79) (9.1) (10.0) (11.5) (14.1) (24.1) (26.4) (30.5) (37.4) 2 2-3/8 1,565 1,710 1,975 2,420 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 1/2 (51) (60) (7.0) (7.6) (8.8) (10.8) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,195 3,500 4,040 4,950 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (91) (14.2) (15.6) (18.0) (22.0) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-1/8 3-9/16 3,050 3,345 3,860 4,730 6,575 7,200 8,315 10,185 5/8 (79) (91) (13.6) (14.9) (17.2) (21.0) (29.2) (32.0) (37.0) (45.3) 4 4-7/16 4,420 4,840 5,590 6,845 9,520 10,430 12,040 14,750 (102) (113) (19.7) (21.5) (24.9) (30.4) (42.3) (46.4) (53.6) (65.6) 3-1/4 3-13/16 3,235 3,545 4,095 5,015 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (97) (14.4) (15.8) (18.2) (22.3) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-3/4 4-5/16 4,010 4,395 5,075 6,215 8,640 9,465 10,930 13,390 3/4 (95) (110) (17.8) (19.5) (22.6) (27.6) (38.4) (42.1) (48.6) (59.6) 4-3/4 5-9/16 5,720 6,265 7,235 8,860 12,320 13,495 15,585 19,085 (121) 1 (142) (25.4) (27.9) (32.2) (39.4) (54.8) (60.0) (69.3) (84.9) See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 6 to 13 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A. as follows: for sand -lightweight, A. = 0.68; for all -lightweight, k = 0.60 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by aN,ga,g = 0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 280 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 4 - Steel strength for Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors' 2 Nominal anchor diameter Tensile q)N.3 Shear q)Vsa4 Seismic shear 4)Vsaeg5 in Effective embedment in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-1/2 4,875 1,415 1,415 (38) (21.7) (6.3) (6.3) 3/8 2 2-3/4 4,875 2,335 1,465 (51) (70) (21.7) (10.4) (6.5) 2 3-1/4 8,030 3,570 3,570 1/2 (51) (83) (35.7) (15.9) (15.9) 3-1/8 4 12,880 5,260 4,940 5/8 (79) (102) (57.3) (23.4) (22.0) 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 18,840 8,890 7,635 3/4 (83) (95) (121) (83.8) (39.5) (34.0) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. 3 Tensile (PNsa = (P ASQ,N futa as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with (pVsa < (p 0.60 ASe,v futa as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with (Ma,eq < 4) 0.60 ASe,v fata as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 2 Anchors not permitted in shaded area . Case 2 E U Case 1 UE Smin,2 s Concrete mi",' Edge For a specific edge distance, the permitted spacing is calculated as follows: Smin,1 — Smin,2 0 S?S + (c —C E c min,2 (C _ C ` min,2) �� mint ats mm,, min,1 min,2 Q N sd—---- --------------------------- Cmin,2 at Smin,2 Table 5 - Carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ installation parameters' C'd..Ign edge distance c Setting Nominal anchor diameter d �5/8 3/8 1/2 3/4 information Symbol Units Effective minimum h in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment a (mm) (38) (51) (70) (51) (83) (79) (102) (83) (95) (121) Min. member h in. 3-1/4 4 5 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 5-1/2 6 8 8 thickness m'" (mm) (83) (102) (127) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) 1 (203) (140) (152) 1 (203) (203) in. 8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-1/4 9-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/8 Case 1 Cmin,, (mm) (203) (64) (64) (70) (60) (92) (83) (241) (121) (105) for in. 8 5 5 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/8 5-7/8 5 10-1/2 8-7/8 smin,l' (mm) (203) (127) (127) (146) (146) (156) (149) (127) (267) (225) in. 8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4-1/8 3-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/4 9-1/2 9-1/2 7-3/4 Case 2 c m1n,2 (mm) (203) (92) (92) (105) (89) (121) (108) (241) (241) (197) for in. 8 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-1/2 3 5 5 4 Smin,2 2'(mm) (203) (64) (64) (70) (60) (89) (76) (127) (127) (102) 1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2. Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance c, where cmin, < o < Cin 2, will determine the permissible spacings. Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I an espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 281 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 6 - Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in. diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear 3/8-in. KB-TZ CS II To and away uncracked Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor Conc. thickness factor concrete in tension in tension in shear' 1 Toward edge from edge in hear' AN f RN + /AV / + RV / + RV + HV Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 embed. hey (mm) (38) (51) (70) 1 (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) 1 (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) 1 (38) (51) (70) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 embed. h,_ (mm) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.71 0.65 n/a 0.60 0.71 n/a 0.60 0.55 n/a 0.49 0.16 n/a 0.60 0.32 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a 0.75 0.68 n/a 0.69 0.79 n/a 0.62 0.56 n/a 0.64 0.21 n/a 0.69 0.42 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) n/a 0.79 0.71 n/a 0.80 0.88 n/a 0.64 0.57 n/a 0.81 0.27 n/a 0.81 0.53 0.62 n/a n/a a 3-5/8 (92) n/a 0.80 0.72 n/a 0.83 0.91 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.85 0.28 n/a 0.85 0.56 0.63 n/a n/a U 0 U 4 (102) n/a 0.83 0.74 n/a 0.91 0.98 n/a 0.67 0.58 n/a 0.99 0.33 n/a 0.99 0.65 0.67 0.81 n/a A E 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 0.77 n/a 1.00 1.00 n/a 0.69 0.59 n/a 1.00 0.39 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.71 0.86 n/a 5 (127) n/a 0.92 0.80 n/a n/a 0.71 0.60 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.91 0.75 0.91 0.63 c - N L 5-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 0.83 n/a n/a 0.73 0.61 n/a 0.53 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.95 0.66 y 6 (152) n/a 1.00 0.86 n/a n/a 0.75 0.62 n/a 0.60 n/a 0.82 1.00 0.69 rn d d Y � U 7 (178) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a 0.79 0.64 n/a 0.76 n/a 0.88 0.74 8 (203) 1.00 0.98 1.00 0.72 0.83 0.66 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.94 0.80 0) 9 (229) 1.00 1.00 0.75 0.87 0.68 1.00 1.00 0.84 8 C 10 (254) 1.00 0.78 0.91 0.70 1.00 0.89 11 (279) 1.00 0.81 0.95 0.72 0.93 12 (305) 1.00 0.83 1.00 0.74 0.97 13 (330) 1.00 0.86 1.00 1 0.76 1.00 Table 7 - Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in. diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete',2 Edge distance in shear 3/8-in. KB-TZ CS II To and away cracked Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor Conc. thickness factor concrete tension in t in tension in s hear' 1 Toward edge fromedge in shear' •AN fRN / +AV / +w f +RV •HV Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 1-1/2 2 2-3/4 embed. haf (mm) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) 1 (38) (51) (70) (38) (51) (70) 1 (38) (51) (70) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 3-1/8 embed. h om (mm) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) (46) (59) (79) 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.71 0.65 n/a 0.87 0.71 n/a 0.60 0.55 n/a 0.49 0.16 n/a 0.87 0.33 n/a n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a 0.75 0.68 n/a 1.00 0.79 n/a 0.62 0.56 n/a 0.65 0.21 n/a 1.00 0.43 n/a n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) n/a 0.79 0.71 n/a 1.00 0.88 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.82 0.27 n/a 1.00 0.54 0.62 n/a n/a T 3-5/8 (92) n/a 0.80 0.72 n/a 1.00 0.91 n/a 0.65 0.57 n/a 0.86 0.28 n/a 1.00 0.57 0.63 n/a n/a U 0 U 4 (102) n/a 0.83 0.74 n/a 0.98 n/a 0.67 0.58 n/a 1.00 0.33 n/a 0.66 0.67 0.82 n/a -- E 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 0.77 n/a 1.00 n/a 0.69 0.59 n/a 0.39 n/a 0.79 0.71 0.87 n/a c 5 (127) n/a 0.92 0.80 n/a n/a 0.71 0.60 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.92 0.75 0.91 0.63 m - 5-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 0.83 n/a n/a 0.73 0.61 n/a 0.53 n/a 1.00 0.78 0.96 0.66 N 6 (152) n/a 1.00 0.86 n/a n/a 0.75 0.62 n/a 0.61 n/a 0.82 1.00 0.69 7 (178) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a 0.79 0.64 n/a 0.76 n/a 0.88 0.75 ^w 8 (203) 1.000 0.98 1.00 0.72 0.83 0.66 1.00 0.93 1.00 0.94 0.80 m 9 (229) 1.000 1.00 0.75 0.87 0.68 1.00 1.00 0.85 m 10 (254) 1.000 0.78 0.92 0.70 0.89 11 (279) 1.000 0.81 0.96 0.72 0.94 12 (305)1 1.000 0.83 1.00 0.74 0.98 13 (330) 1.000 0.86 0.76 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f A' assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f Av = f AN• 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f Hv, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f HV = 1.0. 0 If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 282 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 8 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in. diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete' z 1/2-in. KB-TZ CS uncracked concrete Spacing factor in tension •AN Edge distance factor in tension fRN Spacing factor in shear3 fAV Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness fac- for in shear' fHV 1 toward edge fRV II to and away from edge fRV Effective in. embed. hef (mm) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) Nominal in. embed. h nom (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.62 n/a 0.41 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.26 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.63 n/a 0.42 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.14 n/a 0.28 n/a n/a 2-3/4 (70) 0.73 0.64 0.51 0.44 0.62 0.55 0.51 0.16 0.51 0.33 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.46 0.63 0.55 0.55 0.19 0.55 0.37 n/a n/a 1u 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.68 0.64 0.51 0.65 0.56 0.64 0.23 0.64 0.47 n/a n/a b 4 (102) 0.83 0.71 0.73 0.56 0.68 0.57 0.73 0.29 0.73 0.56 0.84 n/a 0 4-1/8 (105) 0.84 0.71 0.75 0.57 0.68 0.57 1 0.75 0.30 0.75 0.57 0.85 n/a A 4-1/2 (114) 0.88 0.73 0.82 0.61 0.70 0.58 0.82 0.34 0.82 0.61 0.89 n/a ,9, E 5 (127) 0.92 0.76 0.91 0.67 0.72 0.59 0.91 0.40 0.91 0.67 0.94 n/a chi c •- 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.73 0.74 0.60 1.00 0.46 1.00 0.73 0.98 n/a CO N 5-3/4 (146) 0.98 0.79 0.77 0.75 0.60 0.49 0.77 1.00 n/a y 6 (152) 1.00 0.81 0.80 0.76 0.61 0.53 0.80 0.66 c 7 (178) 0.86 0.93 0.81 0.63 0.66 0.93 0.71 8 (203) 0.91 1.00 0.85 0.64 1 0.81 1.00 0.76 Y 9 (229) 0.96 0.89 0.66 0.97 0.81 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.68 1 1.00 1 0.85 a 11 (279) 0.98 0.70 0.89 rn 12 (305) 1.00 0.72 0.93 14 (356) 0.75 1.00 16 (406) 1 0.79 18 (457) 0.83 > 20 508 0.86 Table 9 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in. diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete' Z 1/2-in. KB-TZ CS cracked concrete Spacing factor in tension fAN Edge distance factor in tension fRN Spacing factor in shear' fAV Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness fac- for in shear' fHV 1 toward edge fRV II to and away from edge fRV Effective in. embed. hef (mm) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) Nominal in. embed. h (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.62 n/a 0.63 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.26 n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) n/a 0.63 n/a 0.65 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.14 n/a 0.29 n/a n/a 2-3/4 (70) 0.73 0.64 0.93 0.68 0.62 0.55 0.62 0.16 0.93 0.33 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 1.00 0.71 0.63 0.55 0.71 0.19 1.00 0.38 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.65 0.56 0.89 0.24 1.00 0.47 n/a n/a 4 (102) 0.83 1 0.71 1.00 0.86 0.68 0.57 1.00 0.29 1.00 0.58 0.84 n/a 4-1/8 (105) 0.84 0.71 1.00 1 0.88 0.68 1 0.58 1.00 0.30 1.00 0.61 0.85 1 n/a £ 4-1/2 (114) 0.88 0.73 0.94 0.70 0.58 0.34 0.69 0.89 n/a E 5 (127) 0.92 0.76 1.00 0.72 0.59 0.40 1 0.81 0.94 n/a c 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.78 0.74 0.60 0.47 0.93 0.98 n/a N = 5-3/4 (146) 0.98 0.79 0.75 0.60 0.50 1.00 1.00 n/a N 6 (152) 1.00 0.81 0.76 0.61 0.53 1.00 0.66 7 (178) 0.86 0.81 0.63 0.67 0.71 8 (203) 0.91 1 0.85 0.65 0.82 0.76 9 (229) 0.96 0.90 0.66 0.98 0.81 0' 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.68 1.00 0.85 as 11 (279) 0.98 0.70 0.90 6n 12 (305) 1.00 0.72 0.94 14 (356) 0.76 1.00 16 (406) 0.79 18 (457) 0.83 > 20 508 0.86 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fAN, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAV - fAN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, fHV' assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fHV = 1.0. O If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hifti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 283 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 10 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in. diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear 5/8-in. KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness fac- II to and away uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from edge for in shear' fAN fRN fAV fRV fRV fHV Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed. hf (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 embed. h n(mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 3 (76) n/a 0.63 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a 0.64 n/a 0.46 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.17 n/a 0.34 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 n/a 0.48 0.57 0.56 n/a 0.19 n/a 0.38 n/a n/a 3-5/8 (92) 0.69 0.65 0.60 0.48 0.57 0.56 0.28 0.20 0.56 0.40 n/a n/a .2 4 (102) 0.71 0.67 0.64 0.51 0.58 0.56 0.32 0.23 0.64 0.47 n/a n/a 0 4-1/4 (108) 0.73 0.68 0.67 0.53 0.58 0.57 0.35 0.26 0.67 0.51 n/a n/a 0 4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.70 0.56 0.59 0.57 0.38 0.28 0.70 0.56 n/a n/a 4-3/4 (121) 0.75 0.70 0.73 0.58 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.30 0.73 0.58 n/a n/a 42. E 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 0.77 0.60 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.77 0.60 0.63 n/a C '- 5-1/2 (140) 0.79 0.73 0.85 0.64 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 0.85 0.64 0.66 n/a `5 5-7/8 (149) 0.81 0.74 0.90 0.67 0.62 0.59 0.57 0.42 0.90 0.67 0.68 n/a y 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 0.92 0.69 0.62 0.59 0.59 0.43 0.92 0.69 0.69 0.62 a 6-1/8 (156) 0.83 0.76 0.94 0.70 0.62 0.60 1 0.61 0.44 0.94 0.70 0.69 0.62 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 1.00 0.91 0.66 0.63 0.91 0.66 1.00 0.91 0.79 0.71 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.89 0.80 ° 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1.00 1 0.97 0.87 a 14 (356) 0.77 0.72 1.00 0.94 CO 16 (406) 0.81 0.75 1.00 18 (457) 0.85 0.78 20 (508) 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 0.93 0.85 > 24 610 0.97 0.88 Table 11 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in. diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete' Z 5/8-in. KB-TZ CS cracked concrete Spacing factor in tension fAN Edge distance factor in tension fRN Spacing factor in shear' fAV Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness fac- for in shear' fHV 1 toward edge fRV II to and away from edge fRV Effective in. embed. hef (mm) 3-1/8 (79) 4 (102) 3-1/8 (79) 4 (102) 3-1/8 (79) 4 (102) 3-1/8 (79) 4 (102) 3-1/8 (79) 4 (102) 3-1/8 (79) 4 (102) Nominal in. embed. h n(mm) 3-9/16 (90) 4-7/16 (113) 3-9/16 (90) 4-7/16 (113) 3-9/16 (90) 4-7/16 (113) 3-9/16 (90) 4-7/16 (113) 3-9/16 (90) 4-7/16 (113) 3-9/16 (90) 4-7/16 (113) 3 (76) n/a 0.63 n/a n/a n/a 0.55 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a 0.64 n/a 0.66 n/a 0.55 n/a 0.17 n/a 0.35 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 n/a 0.69 0.57 0.56 n/a 0.19 n/a 0.39 n/a n/a 3-5/8 (92) 0.69 0.65 0.83 0.71 0.57 0.56 0.28 0.20 0.56 0.41 n/a n/a iv' 4 (102) 0.71 0.67 0.89 0.75 0.58 0.56 0.33 0.24 0.65 0.47 n/a n/a 0 4-1/4 (108) 0.73 0.68 0.93 0.78 0.58 0.57 0.36 0.26 0.71 0.52 n/a n/a 0 4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.97 0.81 0.59 0.57 0.39 0.28 0.78 0.56 n/a n/a £ 4-3/4 (121) 0.75 0.70 1.00 0.84 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.31 0.84 0.61 n/a n/a E 5 (127) 0.77 1 0.71 0.87 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.91 0.66 0.63 n/a 0o c 5-1/2 (140) 0.79 0.73 0.93 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 1.00 0.76 0.66 n/a -L �5 5-7/8 (149) 0.81 0.74 0.98 0.62 0.59 0.58 0.42 0.84 0.68 n/a a y 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 1.00 0.62 0.60 0.60 0.43 0.87 0.69 0.62 o 6-1/8 (156) 0.83 0.76 0.62 0.60 0.62 0.45 0.89 0.69 0.62 2 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 0.66 0.63 0.92 0.67 1.00 0.79 0.71 N 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.93 1 0.89 0.80 a 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1.00 0.97 0.87 a 14 (356) 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.94 c4 16 (406) 0.82 0.75 1.00 18 (457) 0.85 0.79 20 (508) 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 0.93 0.85 > 24 610 0.97 0.88 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f AN assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAV = f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, fHV' assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f HV = 1.0. O If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 284 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 12 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete''2 Edge distance in shear 3/4-in. KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor II to and away Conc. thickness factor uncracked concrete in tension in tension in shear' L toward edge fromedge in shear4 • AN + RN + /AV fRV f • RV f HV Effective in. 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3.1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embed. haf (mm) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) Nominal in. 3-13/1 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embed. h,_ (mm) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (142) 4 (102) n/a n/a 0.640 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.557 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 4-1/8 (105) n/a n/a 0.645 n/a n/a 0.546 n/a n/a 0.558 n/a n/a 0.207 n/a n/a 0.414 n/a n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) n/a n/a 0.658 n/a n/a 0.574 n/a n/a 0.564 n/a n/a 0.236 n/a n/a 0.472 n/a n/a n/a 4-3/4 (121) n/a n/a 0.667 n/a 0.495 0.594 n/a n/a 0.567 n/a 0.348 0.256 n/a 0.495 0.512 n/a n/a n/a :: 5 (127) 0.756 0.722 0.675 n/a 0.514 0.613 0.569 0.587 0.571 n/a 0.376 0.276 n/a 0.514 0.552 n/a n/a I n/a d 5-1/2 (140) 0.782 0.744 0.693 n/a 0.553 0.653 0.576 0.595 0.578 n/a 0.433 0.319 n/a 0.553 0.637 0.553 n/a n/a $ 6 (152) 0.808 0.767 0.711 n/a 0.600 0.695 0.583 0.604 0.585 n/a 0.494 0.363 n/a 0.600 0.695 0.577 0.645 n/a 7 (178) 0.859 0.811 0.746 n/a 0.700 0.781 0.597 0.621 0.599 n/a 0.622 0.458 n/a 0.700 0.781 0.624 0.697 n/a 7-3/4 (197) 0.897 0.844 0.772 n/a 0.775 0.861 0.608 0.634 0.610 n/a 0.725 0.533 n/a 0.775 0.861 0.656 0.733 n/a 8 (203) 0.910 0.856 0.781 n/a 0.800 0.889 0.611 0.639 0.613 n/a 0.760 0.559 n/a 0.800 0.889 0.667 0.745 0.673 8-7/8 (225) 0.955 0.894 1 0.811 n/a 0.888 0.986 0.623 0.654 0.625 n/a 0.888 0.653 n/a 0.888 0.986 0.702 0.785 0.708 9-1/2 (241) 0.987 0.922 0.833 0.792 0.950 1.000 0.632 0.665 0.634 0.704 0.984 0.723 1 0.792 0.984 1.000 0.726 0.812 0.733 10 (254) 1.000 0.944 0.851 0.833 1.000 0.639 0.674 0.641 0.761 1.000 0.781 0.833 1.000 0.745 0.833 0.752 m Y 10-1/2 (267) 0.967 0.868 1 0.875 0.646 1 0.682 0.648 0.818 0.841 0.875 1 0.764 0.854 0.771 12 (305) 1.000 0.921 1.000 0.667 0.708 0.670 1.000 1 1.000 1.000 0.816 0.913 0.824 14 (356) 0.991 0.694 0.743 0.698 0.882 0.986 0.890 rn 16 (406) 1.000 0.722 0.778 0.726 0.943 1.000 0.951 18 (457) 0.750 0.812 0.754 1.000 1.000 20 (508) 0.778 0.847 0.783 22 (559) 0.806 0.882 0.811 > 24 (610) 0.833 1 0.916 0.839 Table 13 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. diameter carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear 3/4-in. KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance factor Spacing factor II to and away Conc. thickness factor cracked concrete in tension in tension in shear' L toward edge from edge in shear4 f AN f RN f AV f RV f RV f HV Effective in. 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embed. hef (mm) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121 (83) (95) (121) (83) (95) (121) Nominal in. 3-13/1 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 3-13/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embed. h_ (mm) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (141 (97) (110) (141) (97) (110) (142) 4 (102) n/a n/a 0.640 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.557 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 4-1/8 (105) n/a n/a 0.645 n/a n/a 0.690 n/a n/a 0.559 n/a n/a 0.209 n/a n/a 0.417 n/a n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) n/a n/a 0.658 n/a n/a 0.726 n/a n/a 0.564 n/a n/a 0.238 n/a n/a 0.476 n/a n/a n/a 4-3/4 (121) n/a n/a 0.667 n/a 0.879 0.750 n/a n/a 0.568 n/a 0.351 0.258 n/a 0.701 0.516 n/a n/a n/a N ; 5 (127) 0.756 0.722 0.675 n/a 0.913 0.775 0.599 0.587 0.571 n/a 0.379 0.279 n/a 0.757 0.557 n/a n/a n/a c 5-1/2 (140) 0.782 0.744 0.693 n/a 0.982 0.825 0.609 0.596 0.578 n/a 0.437 0.321 n/a 0.874 0.643 0.659 n/a n/a 0 6 (152) 0.808 0.767 0.711 n/a 1.000 0.877 0.619 0.605 0.585 n/a 0.498 0.366 n/a 0.996 0.732 0.689 0.647 n/a 7 (178) 0.859 0.811 0.746 n/a 1.000 0.986 0.638 0.622 0.600 n/a 0.627 0.461 n/a 1.000 0.923 0.744 0.699 n/a y - 7-3/4 (197) 0.897 0.844 0.772 n/a 1.000 1.000 0.653 0.635 0.610 n/a 0.731 0.538 n/a 1.000 0.783 0.735 n/a m 8 (203) 0.910 0.856 0.781 1.000 1.000 0.658 0.640 0.614 0.923 0.767 0.564 1.000 0.795 0.747 0.674 8-7/8 (225) 0.955 0.894 1 0.811 1.000 1.000 0.675 0.655 0.626 1.000 0.896 0.659 0.837 0.787 0.710 rn 9-1/2 (241) 0.987 0.922 0.833 1.000 1 1.000 1 0.688 0.666 1 0.635 0.992 0.729 0.866 0.814 0.735 M 10 (254) 1.000 0.944 0.851 0.698 0.674 0.642 1.000 0.788 0.889 0.835 0.754 ^w Y 10-1/2 (267) 0.967 0.868 0.707 0.683 0.649 0.848 0.911 0.856 0.773 12 (305) 1.000 0.921 0.737 0.709 0.671 1.000 0.974 1 0.915 1 0.826 14 (356) 0.991 0.777 0.744 0.699 1.000 0.989 0.892 rn 16 (406) 1.000 0.816 0.779 0.727 1.000 0.954 18 (457) 1 1 1 0.856 0.814 0.756 1 1 1.000 20 (508) 0.895 1 0.849 0.784 22 (559) 0.935 0.884 0.813 > 24 (610)1 1 1 1 1 0.974 1 0.919 1 0.841 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fA, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f AV = fAN' 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f , assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f HV = 1.0. O If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 5 and figure 2 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I an espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hifti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 285 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 14 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel specifications' Setting Nominal anchor diameter (in.) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 information Symbol Units Nominal bit diameter dbit in. 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Nominal min. in. 2-5/16 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-9/16 4-7/16 4-5/16 5-5/16 embedment h nom (mm) (59) (60) (91) (91) (113) (110) (142) Effective min. in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment h (mm) 1 (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121) in. 2-5/8 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 4-5/8 5-3/4 Min. hole depth ha (mm) (67) (67) (102) (95) (121) (117) (146) Min. thickness in. 1/4 3/4 1/4 3/8 3/4 1/8 1-5/8 of fixture' tmi^ (mm) (6) (19) (6) (9) (19) (3) (41) Max. thickness in. 2-1/4 4 2-3/4 5-5/8 4-3/4 4-5/8 3-5/8 of fixture tmax (mm) (57) (101 70 ( ) (143) (121) (117) (92) Installation torque Ti"st ft-lb 25 40 60 110 (concrete) (Nm) (34) (54) (81) (149) Installation torque Tinst ft-lb 15 25 35 70 (masonry) (Nm) (20) (34) (47) (95) Fixture hole in. 7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16 diameter dh (mm) (11.1) (14.3) (17.5) (20.6) Available l in. 3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8.5 10 5-1/2 8 10 anchor lengths a"°" (mm) (76) (95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) (254) (140) (203) (254) Threaded length Ithmad in. 7/8 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 1-1/2 4 6 including dog point (mm) (22) (41) (73) (41) (60) (86) (124) (38) (70) (133) (171) (38) (102) (152) in. 2-1/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 4 Unthreaded length lu"th, (mm) 1 (54) 1(54) 1(83) 1(102) 1 Refer to figure 1 of this section for diagram of installation parameters 2 Minimum thickness of fixture is a concern only when the anchor is installed at the minimum nominal embedment. When KWIK Bolt TZ anchors are installed at this embedment, the anchor threading ends near the surface of the concrete. If the fixture is sufficiently thin, it could be possible to run the nut to the bottom of the threading during application of the installation torque. If fixtures are thin, it is recommended that embedment be increased accordingly. 286 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 15 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel design strength with concrete / pullout failure in uncracked concrete',2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - (�N, Shear - On anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'c = 2,500 psi f'. = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'. = 6,000 psi in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) Ib (M) 2 2-5/16 1,710 1,875 2,160 2,650 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 3/8 (51) (59) (7.6) (8.3) (9.6) (11.8) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 2 2-3/8 1,865 2,045 2,360 2,890 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 (51) (60) (8.3) (9.1) (10.5) (12.9) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 1/2 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,745 4,100 4,735 5,800 9,845 10,785 12,450 15,250 (83) (91) (16.7) (18.2) (21.1) (25.8) (43.8) (48.0) (55.4) (67.8) 3-1/8 3-9/16 4,310 4,720 5,450 6,675 9,280 10,165 11,740 14,380 (79) (91) (19.2) (21.0) (24.2) (29.7) (41.3) (45.2) (52.2) (64.0) 5/8 4 4-7/16 6,240 6,835 7,895 9,665 13,440 14,725 17,000 20,820 (102) (113) (27.8) (30.4) (35.1) (43.0) (59.8) (65.5) (75.6) (92.6) 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,665 6,205 7,165 8,775 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 (95) (110) (25.2) (27.6) (31.9) (39.0) (54.3) (59.5) (68.6) (84.1) 3/4 4-3/4 5-9/16 7,825 8,575 9,900 12,125 17,390 19,050 22,000 26,945 (121) (142) (34.8) (38.1) (44.0) (53.9) (77.4) (84.7) (97.9) (119.9) Table 16 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel design strength with concrete / pullout failure in cracked concrete' 2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - (pNn Shear - On anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'� = 2,500 psi f. = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi f'c = 2,500 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 6,000 psi in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (M) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (M) lb (M) lb (M) lb (kN) lb (M) 2 2-5/16 1,520 1,665 1,925 2,355 1,685 1,845 2,130 2,605 3/8 (51) (59) (6.8) (7.4) (8.6) (10.5) (7.5) (8.2) (9.5) (11.6) 2 2-3/8 1,750 1,915 2,210 2,710 2,375 2,605 3,005 3,680 (51) (60) (7.8) (8.5) (9.8) (12.1) (10.6) (11.6) (13.4) (16.4) 1/2 3-1/4 3-5/8 3,235 3,545 4,095 5,015 6,970 7,640 8,820 10,800 (83) (91) (14.4) (15.8) (18.2) (22.3) (31.0) (34.0) (39.2) (48.0) 3-1/8 3-9/16 3,050 3,345 3,860 4,730 6,575 7,200 8,315 10,185 (79) (91) (13.6) (14.9) (17.2) (21.0) (29.2) (32.0) (37.0) (45.3) 5/8 4 4-7/16 3,795 4,160 4,800 5,880 9,520 10,430 12,040 14,750 (102) (113) (16.9) (18.5) (21.4) (26.2) (42.3) (46.4) (53.6) (65.6) 3-3/4 4-5/16 5,270 5,775 6,670 8,165 12,200 13,365 15,430 18,900 (95) (110) (23A) (25.7) (2U.7) (36.3) (54.3) (59.5) (68.6) (84.1) 3/4 4-3/4 5-9/16 5,720 6,265 7,235 8,860 12,320 13,495 15,585 19,085 (121) (142) (25.4) (27.9) (32.2) (39.4) (54.8) (60.0) (69.3) (84.9) See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 19 to 26 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 17. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A. as follows: for sand -lightweight, Aa = 0.68; for all -lightweight, Na = 0.60 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by the following reduction factors: 1/2-in diameter by 2-in effective embedment depth - aN,ma = 0.64 All other sizes - aN,sas = 0.75 No reduction needed for seismic shear. See Section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 287 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 17 - Steel strength for Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel anchors',' Nominal anchor diameter Tensile q)Nsa3 Shear q)Vsa4 Seismic shearrpVs8eQ5 in. lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 4,475 3,070 1,835 3/8 (19.9) (13.7) (8.2) 8,665 4,470 4,470 1/2 (38.5) (19.9) (19.9) 13,410 6,415 6,080 5/8 (59.7) (28.5) (27.0) 18,040 10,210 8,380 3/4 (80.2) (45.4) (37.3) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ stainless steel anchors are to be considered ductile steel elements. 3 Tensile (PNsa = (P AN f,a as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 4 Shear values determined by static shear tests with (pV. < (p 0.60 ASe,v fuca as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 5 Seismic shear values determined by seismic shear tests with (pVsae9 < 4) 0.60 ASev f,a as noted in ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Figure 3 Anchors not permitted in shaded area iCase 2 E U Case 1 UE s Concrete ' Edge For a specific edge distance, the permitted spacing is calculated as follows: S — Smin,2 + (Smin,1 — Smin) (C _ C ` (C - Cmin,2) min,1 min) Table 18 - Stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ installation parameters' tN C °ina m at s W mm,, a 03 design cmnz at Smm.2 Cdesign edge distance c Setting Nominal anchor diameter dg 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 information Symbol Units Effective minimum h in. 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embedment' of (mm) (51) (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (121) Min. member thickness hmin in. 4 5 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8 (mm) (102) (127) (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203) in. 2-1/2 2-7/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 2-3/8 4-1/4 4 Cmin,1 (mm) (64) (73) (54) (83) (60) (108) (102) Case 1 for in. 5 5-3/4 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-1/2 10 8-1/2 s .nj z (mm) (127) (146) (133) (140) (140) (254) (216) in. 3-1/2 4-1/2 3-1/4 4-1/8 4-1/4 9-1/2 7 Cmin,2 (mm) (89) (114) (83) (105) (108) (241) (178) Case 2 for in. 2-1/4 2-7/8 2 2-3/4 2-3/8 5 4 Smin 2 Z (mm) 1 (57) 1 (73) 1 (51) 1 (70) 1 (60) 1 (127) 1 (102) 1 Linear interpolation is permitted to establish an edge distance and spacing combination between Case 1 and Case 2. Linear interpolation for a specific edge distance c, where cmin,1 < o < Cmin,2, will determine the permissible spacings. 288 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 19 - Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in. diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concretet,2 Edge Edge distance in shear Conc. II to and 3/8-in. KB-TZ SS Spacing distance Spacing thickness uncracked concrete factor factor in factor 1 toward away from factor in in tension tension in shear' edge edge shear' • AN • { RN f AV f RV f RV { • HV Effective in. 2 2 2 2 2 2 embed. hey (mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) Nominal in. 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 embed. hnom (mm) (59) (59) (59) 1 (59) (59) (59) 2-1/4 57 0.69 n/a 0.59 n/a n/a n/a 2-1/2 (64) 0.71 0.60 0.60 0.49 0.60 n/a U 0 3 (76) 0.75 0.69 0.62 0.64 0.69 n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.80 0.64 0.81 0.81 n/a E 4 (102) 0.83 0.91 0.67 0.99 0.99 0.81 0 4-1/2 (114) 0.88 1.00 0.69 1.00 1.00 0.86 c - 5 (127) 0.92 0.71 0.91 r 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.73 0.95 'D N a� 6 (152) 1.00 0.75 1.00 Y 7 (178) 0.79 `-' 8 203) 0.83 9 229) 0.87 10 254 0.91 U a 11 (279) 0.95 12 (305) 1.00 Table 20 - Load adjustment factors for 3/8-in. diameter stainless steel Hilt! KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete',2 Edge Edge distance in shear Conc. II to and 3/8-in. KB-TZ SS Spacing distance Spacing thickness cracked concrete factor factor in factor 1 toward away from factor in in tension tension in shear' edge edge shear' f AN f RN f AV f RV f RV f HV Effective in. 2 2 2 2 2 2 embed. hey (mm) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) (51) Nominal in. 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 2-5/16 embed. hnom (mm) (59) (59) (59) 1 (59) (59) (59) M 2-1/4 57) 0.69 n/a 0.59 n/a n/a n/a m 2-1/2 64) 0.71 0.87 0.60 0.49 0.87 n/a U c 0 3 76) 0.75 1.00 0.62 0.65 1.00 n/a 0 , 3-1/2 89 0.79 1.00 0.65 0.82 1.00 n/a " E E 4 102 0.83 0.67 1.00 0.82 4-1/2 114) 0.88 0.69 0.87 '- 5 (127) 0.92 0.71 0.91 u5 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.73 0.96 6 (152) 1.00 0.75 1.00 Y 7 (178) 0.79 8 (203) 0.83 9 (229) 0.87 0' c 10 (254) 0.92 U a 11 (279) 0.96 12 (305) 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f A, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f AV = / AN' 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, f H, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f Hv = 1.0. O If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 17 and figure 3 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 289 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 21 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in. diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete''2 1/2-in. KB-TZ SS uncracked concrete Spacing factor in tension fAN Edge distance factor in tension fRN Spacing factor in shear' fAV Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness fac- for in shear' fHV 1 toward edge fRV II to and away from edge fRV Effective in. embed. hef (mm) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) Nominal in. embed. h n(mm) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2 (51) n/a 0.60 n/a n/a n/a 0.54 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/8 (54) n/a 0.61 n/a 0.39 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.11 n/a 0.22 n/a n/a 2-7/8 (73) 0.74 0.65 0.53 0.45 0.63 0.55 0.53 0.17 0.53 0.35 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 0.55 0.46 0.63 0.55 0.55 0.19 0.55 0.37 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.77 0.67 0.59 0.49 0.64 1 0.56 0.59 0.21 0.59 0.42 n/a n/a 0 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.68 0.64 0.51 0.65 0.56 0.64 0.23 0.64 0.47 n/a n/a 0 4 (102) 0.83 0.71 0.73 0.56 0.68 0.57 0.73 0.29 0.73 0.56 0.84 n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.88 0.73 0.82 0.61 0.70 0.58 0.82 0.34 0.82 0.61 0.89 n/a E 5 (127) 0.92 0.76 1 0.91 0.67 0.72 0.59 0.91 0.40 0.91 0.67 0.94 n/a 9 5-1/4 (133) 0.94 0.77 0.95 0.70 0.73 0.60 0.95 0.43 0.95 0.70 0.96 n/a 2, 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.78 1.00 0.73 0.74 0.60 1.00 0.46 1.00 0.73 0.98 n/a a y 6 (152) 1.00 0.81 0.80 0.76 0.61 0.53 0.80 1.00 0.66 7 (178) 0.86 0.93 0.81 0.63 0.66 0.93 0.71 8 (203) 0.91 1.00 0.85 0.64 0.81 1 1.00 1 0.76 9 (229) 0.96 0.89 0.66 0.97 0.81 ° 10 (254) 1.00 0.94 0.68 1.00 0.85 a 11 (279) 0.98 0.70 0.89 c4 12 (305) 1.00 0.72 0.93 14 (356) 0.75 1.00 16 (406) 0.79 18 (457) 0.83 > 20 (508) 0.86 Table 22 - Load adjustment factors for 1/2-in. diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete''2 1/2-in. KB-TZ SS cracked concrete Spacing factor in tension fm Edge distance factor in tension fRN Spacing factor in shear3 fAV Edge distance in shear Conc. thickness fac- for in shear' fHV 1 toward edge fR II to and away from{ edge fR Effective in. embed. hef (mm) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) 2 (51) 3-1/4 (83) Nominal in. embed. h n(mm) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92) 2 (51) n/a 0.60 n/a n/a n/a 0.54 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 2-1/8 (54) n/a 0.61 n/a 0.60 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.11 n/a 0.22 n/a n/a 2-7/8 (73) 0.74 0.65 0.97 0.70 0.60 0.55 0.47 0.18 0.94 0.35 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.75 0.65 1.00 0.71 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.19 1.00 0.38 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.77 0.67 1.00 0.75 0.61 0.56 0.56 0.21 1.00 0.42 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.79 0.68 1.00 0.79 0.62 0.56 0.63 0.24 1.00 0.47 n/a n/a 0 4 (102) 0.83 0.71 1.00 0.86 0.64 0.57 0.77 0.29 1.00 0.58 0.75 n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.88 0.73 1.00 0.94 0.66 0.58 0.92 0.34 1.00 0.69 0.79 n/a ;. E 5 (127) 0.92 1 0.76 1 1.00 0.67 0.59 1.00 0.40 0.81 0.84 n/a o c 5-1/4 (133) 0.94 0.77 0.68 0.60 0.43 0.87 0.86 n/a 5 2, v 5-1/2 (140) 0.96 0.78 0.69 0.60 0.47 0.93 0.88 n/a a y 6 (152) 1.00 0.81 0.71 0.61 0.53 1.00 0.92 0.66 0 c 7 (178) 0.86 0.74 0.63 0.67 0.99 0.71 2 8 (203) 0.91 0.78 0.65 0.82 1.00 0.76 Y 9 (229) 0.96 0.81 0.66 0.98 0.81 10 (254) 1 1.00 0.85 0.68 1.00 0.85 a 11 (279) 0.88 0.70 0.90 cn 12 (305) 0.92 0.72 0.94 14 (356) 0.99 0.76 1.00 16 (406) 1.00 1 0.79 18 (457) 1 0.83 > 20 508 0.86 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fAV, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAV = f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, fHV' assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fHV = 1.0. O If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 17 and figure 3 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 290 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Table 23 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in. diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear II to and away 5/8-in. KB-TZ SS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness fac- uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge for in shear' fAN fRN fAV fRV fRV fHV Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed. hef (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 embed. h (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.60 n/a 0.39 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.11 n/a 0.21 n/a n/a 2-3/4 (70) 0.65 0.61 n/a 0.41 0.55 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.27 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.66 0.63 n/a 0.43 0.56 0.55 n/a 0.15 n/a 0.30 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.67 0.64 0.51 0.45 0.56 0.55 0.24 0.17 0.47 0.34 n/a n/a 3-1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 0.54 0.47 0.57 0.56 0.26 0.19 0.53 0.38 n/a n/a 0 4 (102) 0.71 0.67 0.59 0.51 0.58 0.56 0.32 0.23 0.59 0.47 n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.65 0.55 0.59 0.57 0.38 0.28 0.65 0.55 n/a n/a -� E 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 0.71 0.59 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.71 0.59 0.63 n/a c 5-1/2 (140) 0.79 0.73 0.79 0.63 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 0.79 1 0.63 0.66 n/a m N L 6 (152) 0.82 0.75 0.86 0.68 0.62 0.59 0.59 0.43 0.86 0.68 0.69 0.62 y 7 (178) 0.87 0.79 1.00 0.79 0.64 0.61 0.75 0.54 1.00 0.79 0.74 0.67 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 0.90 0.66 0.63 0.91 0.66 0.90 0.79 0.71 9 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.92 1.00 0.89 0.80 Y 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1 1.00 0.97 0.87 14 (356) 0.77 0.72 1.00 0.94 a 16 (406) 0.81 0.75 1.00 cn 18 (457) 0.85 0.78 20 (508) 1 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 0.93 0.85 > 24 (610) 0.97 0.88 Table 24 - Load adjustment factors for 5/8-in. diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear II to and away 5/8-in. KB-TZ SS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness fac- cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear3 1 toward edge from{ edge for in shear4 fAN fRN fAV fR fR fHV Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed. hef (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 3-9/16 4-7/16 embed. hnom (mm) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) (90) (113) 2-3/8 (60) n/a 0.60 n/a 0.57 n/a 0.54 n/a 011 n/a 0.22 n/a n/a 2-3/4 (70) n/a 0.61 n/a 0.61 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.13 n/a 0.27 n/a n/a 3 (76) 0.66 0.63 n/a 0.64 0.56 0.55 n/a 0.15 n/a 0.31 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) 0.67 0.64 0.77 0.66 0.56 0.55 0.24 0.17 0.48 0.35 n/a n/a ci 3-1/2 (89) 0.69 0.65 0.81 0.69 0.57 0.56 0.27 0.19 0.53 0.39 n/a n/a Z5 4 (102) 0.71 0.67 0.89 0.75 0.58 0.56 0.33 0.24 0.65 0.47 n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) 0.74 0.69 0.97 0.81 0.59 0.57 0.39 0.28 0.78 0.56 n/a n/a ;. E 5 (127) 0.77 0.71 1.00 0.87 0.60 0.58 0.45 0.33 0.91 0.66 0.63 n/a Z5 c c - 5-1/2 (140) 0.79 1 0.73 0.93 0.61 0.59 0.52 0.38 1 1.00 0.76 0.66 1 n/a ° v, 6 (152) 0.82 1 0.75 1.00 0.62 0.60 0.60 0.43 0.87 0.69 0.62 V a y 7 (178) 0.87 1 0.79 0.64 0.61 0.75 0.55 1.00 0.74 0.67 8 (203) 0.93 0.83 0.66 0.63 0.92 0.67 0.79 0.71 10 (254) 1.00 0.92 0.70 0.66 1.00 0.93 0.89 0.80 12 (305) 1.00 0.74 0.69 1.00 0.97 0.87 ° 14 (356) 0.78 0.72 1.00 0.94 a 16 (406) 0.82 0.75 1 1 1 1 1.00 CO 18 (457) 0.85 0.79 20 (508) 0.89 0.82 22 (559) 1 0.93 0.85 > 24 (610) 1 i 0.97 0.88 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROMS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f A, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAV = f AN. 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, fHV' assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fHV = 1.0. 0 If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 17 and figure 3 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 291 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 25 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in uncracked concrete' 2 Edge distance in shear II to and away 3/4-in. KB-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness fac- uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge for in shear' • AN fRN fAV f, f , fHV Effective in. 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 3-1/8 4 embed. hf (mm) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) (79) (102) Nominal in. 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embed. hna (mm) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (142) 4 (102) n/a 0.64 n/a 0.54 n/a 0.56 n/a 0.20 n/a 0.40 n/a n/a 4-1/4 (108) n/a 0.65 0.46 0.56 n/a 0.56 0.29 0.22 0.46 0.43 n/a n/a 2 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.66 0.48 0.57 n/a 0.56 0.32 0.24 0.48 0.47 n/a n/a 0 5 (127) 0.72 0.68 0.51 0.61 0.59 0.57 0.38 0.28 0.51 0.55 n/a n/a 0 5-1/2 (140) 0.74 0.69 0.55 0.65 0.60 0.58 0.43 0.32 0.55 0.64 n/a n/a 6 (152) 0.77 0.71 0.60 0.69 0.60 0.58 0.49 0.36 0.60 0.69 0.65 n/a E 7 (178) 0.81 0.75 0.70 0.78 0.62 0.60 0.62 0.46 0.70 0.78 0.70 n/a c 8 (203) 0.86 0.78 0.80 0.89 0.64 0.61 0.76 0.56 0.80 0.89 0.75 0.67 2, 9 (229) 0.90 0.82 0.90 1.00 0.66 0.63 0.91 0.67 0.91 1.00 0.79 0.71 a y 9-1/2 (241) 0.92 0.83 0.95 0.66 0.63 0.98 0.72 0.98 0.81 0.73 10 (254) 0.94 0.85 1.00 1 0.67 0.64 1 1.00 0.78 1.00 0.83 0.75 12 (305) 1.00 0.92 0.71 0.67 1.00 0.91 0.82 14 (356) 0.99 0.74 0.70 0.99 0.89 ° 16 (406) 1.00 0.78 0.73 1.00 0.95 a 18 (457) 0.81 0.75 1.00 cn 20 (508) 0.85 0.78 22 (559) 0.88 0.81 > 24 (610) 0.92 0.84 Table 26 - Load adjustment factors for 3/4-in. diameter stainless steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in cracked concrete''2 Edge distance in shear II to and away 3/4-in. KB-TZ SS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness fac- cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge for in shear' f AN fRN fAV f RV f RV fHV Effective in. 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 3-3/4 4-3/4 embed. hef (mm) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) (95) (121) Nominal in. 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 4-5/16 5-9/16 embed. h (mm) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) (110) (141) 1 (110) (142) 4 (102) n/a 0.64 n/a 0.68 n/a 0.56 n/a 0.20 n/a 0.40 n/a n/a 4-1/4 (108) n/a 0.65 0.81 0.70 n/a 0.56 0.21 0.22 0.42 0.44 n/a n/a 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.66 0.85 0.73 n/a 0.56 0.23 0.24 0.46 0.48 n/a n/a 5 (127) 0.72 0.68 0.91 0.77 0.57 0.57 0.27 0.28 0.54 0.56 n/a n/a 0 5-1/2 (140) 0.74 0.69 0.98 0.83 0.58 0.58 0.31 0.32 0.62 0.64 n/a n/a q 6 (152) 0.77 0.71 1.00 0.88 0.58 0.59 0.35 0.37 0.71 0.73 0.58 n/a E 7 (178) 0.81 0.75 1.00 0.99 0.60 0.60 0.44 0.46 1 0.89 0.92 0.62 n/a 8 (203) 0.86 0.78 1.00 1.00 0.61 0.61 0.54 0.56 1.00 1.00 0.67 0.67 N ;= 9 (229) 0.90 0.82 1.00 0.62 0.63 0.65 0.67 1.00 0.71 0.72 y 9-1/2 (241) 0.92 1 0.83 1.00 0.63 0.64 0.70 0.73 1.00 0.73 0.74 o 0 10 (254) 0.94 0.85 0.64 0.64 0.76 0.79 0.74 0.75 2 12 (305) 1.00 0.92 0.67 0.67 1 1.00 1.00 0.82 0.83 Y 14 (356) 0.99 0.69 0.70 0.88 0.89 c 16 (406) 1.00 0.72 0.73 1 0.94 0.95 a 18 (457) 0.75 0.76 1.00 1.00 m 20 (508) 0.78 0.78 22 (559) 0.81 0.81 > 24 610 0.83 0.84 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, fAV, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fAV - f AN• 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, fHV' assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fHV = 1.0. If a reduction factor value is in a shaded cell, this indicates that this specific edge distance may not be permitted with a certain spacing (or vice versa). Check with table 17 and figure 3 of this section to calculate permissable edge distance, spacing and concrete thickness combinations. 292 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 Min. 2-1/2" for 3/8, 1/2, 5/8x3-1/8 and 3/4x3-1/4 Min. 3-1/4 for5/8x4 and 3/4x3-3/4 Max. 3" KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Minimum 5/8" Typical Min. 1" 3-7/8" Min. 12" Typical "L Minimum J 20 Gauge Steel W-Deck Lower Flute (Ridge) Figure 4 - Installation of Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in the soffit of concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies - W Deck Minimum 5/8" Typical 411j" Min. 2-1/4" Typ. Min. 3,000 psi Normal -Weight or Lightweight Concrete ro Upper 2 T Flute Minimum (Valley) 20 Gauge Min. Steel B-Deck 1-3/4" Min. 3-1 /2" Lower I � Flute Min. 2-1/2" 3/4" Min. Min. 6" Typical (Ridge) Figure 5 - Installation of Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in the soffit of concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies - B Deck Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 293 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 27 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the soffit of uncracked lightweight concrete over metal deck'2,3,4,5,6 Loads according to Figure 4 Loads according to Figure 5 Nominal Effective Nominal Tension - (pN Shear - q)V Tension - tpN Shear - 4�V anchor embed. embed. f'� = 3,000 psi f � = 4,000 psi f. = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f. = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi diameter depth depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 750 865 1,135 1,135 705 815 1,200 1,200 (38) (46) (3.3) (3.8) (5.0) (5.0) (3.1) (3.6) (5.3) (5.3) 3/8 2 2-5/16 1,305 1,505 1,385 1,385 1,200 1,385 1,850 1,850 (51) (59) (5.8) (6.7) (6.2) (6.2) (5.3) (6.2) (8.2) (8.2) 2-3/4 2-5/16 1,995 2,305 1,765 1,765 n/a n/a n/a n/a (70) (59) (8.9) (10.3) (7.9) (7.9) 2 2-3/8 1,305 1,505 1,690 1,690 1,210 1,395 1,680 1,680 (51) (60) (5.8) (6.7) (7.5) (7.5) (5.4) (6.2) (7.5) (7.5) 1/2 3-1/4 3-5/8 2,400 2,770 2,640 2,640 2,195 2,535 2,565 2,565 (83) (92) (10.7) (12.3) (11.7) (11.7) (9.8) (11.3) (11.4) (11.4) 3-1/8 3-9/16 1,835 2,120 2,990 2,990 2,640 3,050 3,060 3,060 (79) (90) (8.2) (9.4) (13.3) (13.3) (11.7) (13.6) (13.6) (13.6) 5/8 4 4-7/16 3,385 3,910 3,650 3,650 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (113) (15.1) (17.4) (16.2) (16.2) 3-1/4 3-13/16 2,750 3,175 3,145 3,145 (83) (97) (12.2) (14.1) (14.0) (14.0) n/a n/a n/a n/a 3/4 3-3/4 4-5/16 2,765 3,195 4,025 4,025 n/a n/a n/a n/a (95) (110) (12.3) (14.2) (17.9) (17.9) Table 28 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the soffit of cracked lightweight concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5,6,7 Loads according to Figure 4 Loads according to Figure 5 Nominal Effective Nominal Tension - q)N Shear - 4)V Tension - 4)N Shear - 4)V anchor embed. embed. f'� = 3,000 psi f'. = 4,000 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'. = 4,000 psi f'. = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi f'. = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi diameter depth depth (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 630 725 1,135 1,135 595 685 1,200 1,200 (38) (46) (2.8) (3.2) (5.0) (5.0) (2.6) (3.0) (5.3) (5.3) 2 2-5/16 925 1,070 1,385 1,385 1,080 1,245 1,850 1,850 3/8 (51) (59) (4.1) (4.8) (6.2) (6.2) (4.8) (5.5) (8.2) (8.2) 2-3/4 2-5/16 1,535 1,770 1,495 1,495 n/a n/a n/a n/a 70 59 (6.8) (7.9) (6.7) 2 2-3/8 925 1,070 1,690 1,690 860 995 1,680 1,680 (51) (60) (4.1) (4.8) (7.5) (7.5) (3.8) (4.4) (7.5) (7.5) 1/2 3-1/4 3-5/8 1,705 1,970 2,640 2,640 1,955 2,255 2,565 2,565 (83) (92) (7.6) (8.8) (11.7) (11.7) (8.7) (10.0) (11.4) (11.4) 3-1/8 3-9/16 1,300 1,500 2,990 2,990 1,875 2,165 3,060 3,060 (79) (90) (5.8) (6.7) (13.3) (13.3) (8.3) (9.6) (13.6) (13.6) 5/8 4 4-7/16 2,520 2,910 3,650 3,650 n/a n/a n/a n/a (102) (113) (11.2) (12.9) (16.2) (16.2) 3-1/4 3-13/16 1,950 2,250 3,145 3,145 n/a n/a n/a n/a (83) (97) (8.7) (10.0) (14.0) (14.0) 3/4 3-3/4 4-5/16 2,060 2,380 4,025 4,025 (95) (110) (9.2) (10.6) (17.9) (17.9) n/a n/a n/a n/a 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular value is for one anchor per flute. Minimum spacing along the length of the flute is 3 x h. (effective embedment). 4 Tabular value is for lightweight concrete and no additional reduction factor is needed. 5 No additional reduction factors for spacing or edge distance need to be applied. 6 Comparison to steel values in table 4 is not required. Values in tables 28 and 29 control. 7 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by aN,ga,g = 0.75. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. 8 For the following anchor sizes, an additional factor must be applied to the cracked concrete tabular values for seismic shear conditions: 3/8-in diameter with 1-1/2" effective embedment - a,_,, = 0.77, 3/8-inch diameter with 2" and 2-3/4" effective embedment - aV$Q15 = 0.63 5/8-inch diameter - a,.,g = 0.94 3/4-inch diameter with 3-1/4" effective embedment - a _,s = 0.80, 3/4-inch diameter - 0V,ei$ = 0.86 294 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I an espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 M1 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 3.3.5 Min. 2-1/4" for 3/8"x1-1, Min. 3-1/4" for 3/8" and 1 nimum I Gauge eel B-Deck Figure 6 - Installation of the Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ on the top of sand -lightweight concrete over metal deck floor and roof assemblies Table 29 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck' 2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - q)N" Shear - q)V" anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. Pc = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 1,300 1,500 1,690 1,950 3/8 (38) (46) (5.8) (6.7) (7.5) (8.7) 2 2-5/16 1,790 2,070 2,605 3,005 (51) (59) (8.0) (9.2) (11.6) (13.4) 2 2-3/8 2,415 2,790 2,605 3,005 1/2 (51) (60) (10.7) (12.4) (11.6) (13.4) Table 30 - Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ carbon steel design strength in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck'•2,3,4,5 Nominal Tension - q)N" Shear - On anchor Effective Nominal diameter embed. embed. f'c = 3,000 psi f'� = 4,000 psi f'c = 3,000 psi f'c = 4,000 psi in. in. (mm) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1-1/2 1-13/16 940 1,085 1,195 1,385 (38) (46) (4.2) (4.8) (5.3) (6.2) 3/8 2 2-5/16 1,615 1,865 1,845 2,130 (51) (59) (7.2) (8.3) (8.2) (9.5) 2 2-3/8 1,710 1,975 1,845 2,130 1/2 (51) (60) (7.6) (8.8) (8.2) (9.5) 1 See section 3.1.8.6 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between embedment depths and concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Apply spacing, edge distance, and concrete thickness factors in tables 31 and 32 as necessary. Compare to the steel values in table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A. as follows: for sand -lightweight, Aa = 0.68; for all -lightweight, Aa = 0.60 5 Tabular values are for static loads only. Seismic design is not permitted for uncracked concrete. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension only by a,_,s = 0.75. No reduction needed for seismic shear. See section 3.1.8.7 for additional information on seismic applications. Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 295 3.3.5 KWIK Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Table 31 - Load adjustment factors for carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in the top of uncracked concrete over metal deck' 2 3/8-in. and 1/2-in. Edge distance in shear II to and away K13-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness factor uncracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1. toward edge from edge in shear' over metal deck f AN fRN f Av f R f R fHv Anchor in. 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 diameter d, (mm) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 embed. h (mm) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) 1 (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) 1 (38) (51) (51) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 embed. h (mm) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) 1 (60) (46) 1 (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) 2-1/4 (57) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.500 n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.33 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.33 n/a n/a 0.33 n/a 0.58 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.36 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.36 n/a n/a 0.36 n/a 0.60 0.73 0.76 m 3-1/2 (89) n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.39 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.39 n/a n/a 0.39 n/a 0.62 0.76 0.78 4 (102) n/a 0.83 n/a n/a 0.44 n/a n/a 0.67 n/a n/a 0.44 n/a n/a 0.44 n/a 0.67 0.81 0.84 c $ 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 n/a n/a 0.50 0.50 n/a 0.67 n/a n/a 0.50 0.50 n/a 0.50 0.50 E 5 (127) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a 0.56 0.56 n/a 0.71 n/a n/a 0.56 0.56 n/a 0.56 0.56 c - 5-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 n/a n/a 0.61 0.61 n/a 0.73 n/a n/a 0.61 0.61 n/a 0.61 0.61 c N 6 (152) n/a 1.00 n/a n/a 0.67 0.67 n/a 0.75 n/a n/a 0.67 0.67 n/a 0.67 0.67 y 6-1/2 (165) n/a 1.00 n/a 0.72 0.72 n/a 0.77 0.79 n/a 0.72 0.72 n/a 0.72 0.72 Y 7 (178) n/a n/a 0.78 0.78 n/a 0.79 0.81 n/a 0.78 0.78 n/a 0.78 0.78 V 8 (203) 1.00 n/a 0.89 0.89 0.72 0.83 0.85 n/a 0.89 0.89 n/a 0.89 0.89 9 (229) n/a 1.00 1.00 0.75 0.87 0.89 n/a 1.00 1.00 n/a 1.00 1.00 n 10 (254) n/a 0.78 0.91 0.94 n/a n/a CO 11 (279) n/a 0.81 0.96 0.98 n/a n/a 12 (305) n/a 0.83 1.00 1.00 n/a n/a 13 (330) n/a 0.86 n/a n/a 16 (406) 1.00 0.94 1.00 1.00 Table 32 - Load adjustment factors for carbon steel Hilti KWIK Bolt TZ in the top of cracked concrete over metal deck' 2 3/8-in. and 1/2-in. Edge distance in shear II to and away K13-TZ CS Spacing factor Edge distance Spacing factor Conc. thickness factor cracked concrete in tension factor in tension in shear' 1 toward edge from edge in shear' over metal deck f. fRN fAv f R f M fHv Anchor in. 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 3/8 3/8 1/2 diameter da (mm) (9.5) (3/8 (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (3/8 (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) (9.5) (9.5) (12.7) Effective in. 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 1-1/2 2 2 embed. h. (mm) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) (38) (51) (51) Nominal in. 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 1-13/16 2-5/16 2-3/8 embed. ham (mm) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) (46) (59) (60) 2-1/4 (57) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.693 n/a n/a 3 (76) n/a I n/a n/a I n/a 1.00 n/a I n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.65 n/a I n/a 1.00 1 n/a 0.80 n/a n/a 3-1/4 (83) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.73 n/a n/a n/a 1 0.83 0.74 0.76 N 3.1/2 (89) n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.82 n/a n/a n/a 0.86 0.76 0.79 4 (102) n/a 0.83 n/a n/a n/a n/a 0.67 n/a n/a 1.00 n/a n/a n/a 0.92 0.82 0.84 c $ 4-1/2 (114) n/a 0.88 n/a n/a 1.00 n/a 0.69 n/a n/a 1.00 n/a 1.00 o" 5 (127) n/a 0.92 n/a n/a n/a 0.71 n/a n/a n/a 5-1/2 (140) n/a 0.96 n/a n/a n/a 0.73 n/a n/a n/a O N L 6 (152) n/a 1.00 n/a n/a n/a 0.75 n/a n/a n/a y 6-1/2 (165) n/a 1.00 n/a n/a 0.77 0.79 n/a n/a s 7 (178) n/a n/a n/a 0.79 0.81 n/a n/a V A2 8 (203) n/a n/a 0.93 0.83 0.85 n/a n/a 9 (229) 1.00 n/a 0.98 0.87 0.90 n/a n/a n 10 (254) n/a 1.00 0.92 0.94 n/a n/a 11 (279) n/a 0.96 0.98 n/a n/a 12 (305) n/a 1 .00 1.00 n/a n/a 13 (330) n/a n/a n/a 16 (406) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 Linear interpolation not permitted. 2 When combining multiple load adjustment factors (e.g. for a 4 anchor pattern in a corner with thin concrete member) the design can become very conservative. To optimize the design, use Hilti PROFIS Anchor Design software or perform anchor calculation using design equations from ACI 318-14 Chapter 17. 3 Spacing factor reduction in shear, f Av assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then f Av = f AN• 4 Concrete thickness reduction factor in shear, fHv, assumes an influence of a nearby edge. If no edge exists, then fHv = 1.0. 0 - For concrete thickness greater than or equal to 4-inches, the anchor can be designed using either table 2 or table 3 of this section. 296 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 1 www.hilti.com I an espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 1 www.hilti.com I Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Ed. 17 PIPE RINGS *.ANVIL Fig. 69 Adjustable Swivel Ring, Tapped Per NFPA Standards Size Range:'/2" through 8" Material: Carbon steel Finish: Strap is Pre -Galvanized Zinc Material. Nut is Zinc Plated. Service: Recommended for suspension of non -insulated stationary pipe line. Maximum Temperature: 650° F Approvals: Complies with Federal Specification A-A-1192A (Type 10), WW-H-171-E (Type 70), ANSI/MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-58 (Type 10). UL Listed and FM Approved (Sizes 3/4" - 8") Features: • Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged. • Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place. • Captured swivel nut in the'/2" through 6" sizes. The capture is permanent in the bottom portion of the band, allowing the hanger to be opened during installation if desired, but not allowing the nut to fall completely out. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. Note: The acceptability of galvanized coatings at temperatures above 450°F is at the discretion of the end user. Metric nut available upon request. Non -captured nut also available upon request. FIG. 69: LOADS (LBS) a WEIGHT (LBS) • DIMENSIONS (IN) Pipe Size Max Load Weight Rod �Size B C F Width 1/2 300 0.10 % 2�/8 2 1'/16 s/8 3/4 0.10 23/4 11/8 1'/16 1 0.10 29/6 111/16 1 1 1/4 0.10 2% 13/4 1/8 1'/2 0.10 23/4 1'/8 2 0.11 31/4 2% 1 1/8 21/2 525 0.20 4 2/415/ 6 3/4 3 0.20 313/16 215/16 13/ 6 4 650 0.30 411/16 313/6 1y/6 5 1,000 0.54 /z 4% 6 0.65 k�� 59/6 21/48 100 7 211/16 1 Note: Reflects changes in rod diameter from previously published data per recent revisions in MSS-SP-58 & 69 VL us FM LISTED APPROVED y fA 1 B F 1 Ic G '/z" through 1" pipe i —A 1'/4" through 8" pipe PROJECTO•APPROVAL Project: ❑ Approved Address: F] Approved as noted Contractor: ❑ Not approved Engineer: Remarks: Submittal Date: Notes 1: Notes 2: PH-1.15 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 21 3.3.13 HDI-P TZ DROP -IN ANCHORS PRODUCT DESCRIPTION HDI-P TZ Flush anchors Anchor System I Features and Benefits Carbon steel HDI-P TZ — 4 Auto -setting tool T—HDI-P TZ Drop -in anchor with optimized length for reliable fastenings in post -tensioned cable concrete slabs Suitable for uncracked and cracked concrete including seismic areas Productive installation with HDI-P TZ automatic setting tool with hammer drill Used with Hilti Dust Removal System (DRS) for compliance with Table 1 of OSHA 1926.1153 regulations for silica dust exposure Shallow drilling for fast installations Easy installation with Auto Setting Tool Lip provides flush installation, consistent anchor depth, and easy rod alignment — - Hand -setting tool HDI-P TZ Auto Setting Tool includes stop drill bit and setting tool, no tool change necessary Uncracked Cracked Hollow core concrete concrete concrete Approvals/Listings 000 000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Seismic design Fire sprinkler categories A-F listings ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-4236 in concrete per ACI 318 Ch. 17 /ACI 355.2 / ICC-ES AC193 City of Los Angeles 2017 LABC Supplement (within ESR-4236) Florida Building Code 2017 FBC Supplement (within ESR-4236) FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe hanger components for automatic sprinkler systems for 3/8 (4-inch nominal pipe diameter) UL (Underwriters Laboratory) Pipe hanger equipment for fire protection services for 3/8 (4-inch nominal pipe diameter) �S €�► oBs - Y�M11rtN�0�eY�WlG wIY SlIItIT F M C &uS APPROVED LISTED Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 21 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.13 HDI-P TZ FLUSH ANCHOR 429 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS HDI-P TZ drop -in anchors are manufactured from carbon steel with zinc plating per DIN EN ISO 4042 A2K. INSTALLATION PARAMETERS Table 1 — Hilti HDI-P TZ setting information Nominal anchor size / internal thread dia. (in) Setting information Symbol Unit 3/8 Internal thread diameter d in. 3/8 Nominal bit diameter dbit in. 9/16 Nominal embedment hnom in. 3/4 (m m) (19) Hole depth in base material ho in. (m m) 3/4 (19) Effective embedment ho, in. 3/4 (m m) (19) Thread engagement length ha in. (m m) 3/8 (10) Maximum installation torque for threaded element Tma, ft-lb (Nm) 5 (7) Minimum base material thickness — concrete hmin in. (mm) 2 (64)4) 4 (102) Minimum edge distance — concrete cmin in. (m m) (152) 2 (64)64) Minimum anchor spacing — concrete smin in. (m m) 8 (203) 3 (76) Minimum base material thickness — hollow core concrete panels hmin in. (m m) 1/3/8 (35) Minimum edge distance — hollow core concrete panels cm,n in. (m m) 6 (152) Minimum anchor spacing — hollow core concrete panels smin in. (mm) 8 (203) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4mm, 1 ft-lb = 1.356 Nm Figure 1 — Hilti HDI-P TZ installation parameters h dbit I I hef hmin hnam s ho �d 430 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 21 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 13.3.13 HDI-P TZ FLUSH ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca i 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 21 DESIGN DATA IN CONCRETE PER ACI 318 ACI 318 Chapter 17 Design The design tables in Tables 2 to 4 are Hilti Simplified Design Tables. The load values were developed using the design parameters and variables of ICC Evaluation Services ESR-4236 and the equations within ACI 318 Chapter 17 as amended by ICC-ES AC193. The strength design capacities calculated from the tables below are to be compared to the factored loads determined from strength design load combinations. For a detailed explanation of the Hilti Simplified Design Tables, refer to Section 3.1.8. Data tables from ESR-4236 are not contained in this section, but can be found at www.hilti.com or www.icc-es.org. Table 2 - Hilti HDI-P TZ design strength based on concrete failure modes in uncracked concrete per ACI 318 14 Ch. 17 1,2,3,4,5 Nominal Nominal Tension (lesser of concrete breakout / pullout) - cpNn Shear (lesser of concrete breakout or pryout) - (pVn anchor diameter embed. in. (mm) f'� = 2500 psi f'� = 3000 psi f'� = 4000 psi f'� = 6000 psi f'� = 2500 psi f'� = 3000 psi f'� = 4000 psi f'� = 6000 psi (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 3/4 (19) 310 (1.4) 340 (1.5) 395 (1.8) 485 (2.1) 350 (1.6) 385 (1.7) 445 (2.0) 545 (2.4) Table 3 - Hilti HDI-P TZ design strength based on concrete failure modes in cracked concrete per ACI 318 14 Ch. 17 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 Nominal Nominal Tension (lesser of concrete breakout / pullout) - (pN� Shear (lesser of concrete breakout or pryout) - On anchor diameter embed. in. (mm) f'� = 2500 psi V� = 3000 psi f'� = 4000 psi f'� = 6000 psi f'� = 2500 psi f'� = 3000 psi f'� = 4000 psi f'� = 6000 psi (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) (17.2 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa) in. lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 3/4 (19) 190 (0.8) 200 (0.9) 220 (1.0) 255 (1.1) 250 (1.1) 270 (1.2) 315 (1.4) 385 (1.7) The following footnotes apply to both Table 2 and 3: 1 See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular values are for a single anchor with a minimum edge distance of 6-1/2-in (166mm) and a minimum spacing of 8-in (204mm). For a 6-in (153mm) edge distance multiply uncracked concrete tension and shear values by 0.92. No reduction needed for cracked concrete. 4 Compare to the steel values in Table 4. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design. 5 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A. as follows: For sand -lightweight, A. = 0.68. For all -lightweight, A. = 0.60. 6 Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by cx ,_j, = 0.74. 7 No additional reduction needed for seismic shear for concrete breakout or pryout failure. See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 for additional information on seismic applications. Table 4 - Hilti HDI-P TZ design strength based on steel failure per ACI 318 Ch. 17 1,2,3 Steel strength of HDI-P TZ anchor Nominal anchor diameter Tensile' Shear' Seismic Shear',' in. WNga On V. lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) _ Steel strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod Tensile' Shear' Seismic Shear',' WN.,.d WV.,Md Vn,.dsa lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 1 4,065 (18.1) 1 585 (2.6) 1 585 (2.6) 1 3,370 (15.0) 1 1,885 (8.4) 1 1,320 (5.9) 1 See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Steel strength in tension and shear determined from the lesser of the HDI-P TZ or the inserted threaded rod. 3 Hilti HDI-P TZ anchors are considered a brittle steel element. ASTM A36 threaded rod is considered a ductile steel element 4 Tensile (pN„ = (pA_, f,,, as noted in ACI 318 Ch. 17. 5 Shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by static shear tests with (pV„ s (p 0.60 A,,,v f,,, as noted in ACI 318 Ch. 17. 6 Seismic shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by seismic shear tests with (pV„ < N 0.60 A-,,, f,,, as noted in ACI 318 Ch. 17 7 Shear values for threaded rod determined by 9V,, _ = (p 0.60 A,a,,, f_ as noted in ACI 318 Ch. 17. 8 Seismic shear values for threaded rod determined by qV,,_,,q = N 0.70 V_-. 9 See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 for additional information on seismic applications Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 21 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.13 HDI-P TZ FLUSH ANCHOR 431 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 DESIGN DATA IN CONCRETE PER CSA A23.3 141 CSA A23.3 Annex D Design Limit State Design of anchors is described in the provisions of CSA A23.3 Annex D for post -installed anchors tested and assessed in accordance with ACI 355.2 for mechanical anchors and ACI 355.4 for adhesive anchors. Tables 8 and 9 in this section contains the Limit State Design tables that are based on the published loads in ICC Evaluation Services ESR- 4236 and converted for use with CSA A23.3 Annex D. Tables 5 to 7 below are Hilti Simplified Design Tables which are pre - factored resistance tables based on the design parameters and variables in Tables 8 and 9. All the figures in the previous ACI 318 14 Chapter 17 design section are applicable to Limit State Design and the tables will reference these figures. For a detailed explanation of the tables developed in accordance with CSA A23.3 Annex D, refer to Section 3.1.8. Technical assistance is available by contacting Hilti Canada at (800) 363-4458 or at www.hilti.ca. Table 5 - Hilti HDI-P TZ factored resistance based on concrete failure modes in uncracked concrete per CSA A23.3 Annex D 1,2,3,4,5 Nominal Nominal Tension (lesser of concrete breakout / pullout) - Nr Shear (lesser of concrete breakout or pryout) - Vr anchor diameter embed. in. (mm) V� = 20 MPa f'� = 25 MPa f'� = 30 MPa f'� = 40 MPa f'� = 20 MPa f'� = 25 MPa f'� = 30 MPa f'� = 40 MPa (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 3/4 (19) 325 (1.5) 365 (1.6) 400 (1.8) 460 (2.1) 380 (1.7) 425 (1.9) 465 (2.1) 540 (2.4) Table 6 - Hilti HDI-P TZ factored resistance based on concrete failure modes in cracked concrete per CSA A23.3 Annex D 1,2,3,4,5,6,7 Nominal Nominal Tension (lesser of concrete breakout / pullout) - N, Shear (lesser of concrete breakout or pryout) - Vr anchor diameter embed. in. (mm) P� = 20 MPa f'� = 25 MPa f'� = 30 MPa f'� = 40 MPa f'c = 20 MPa P� = 25 MPa f'� = 30 MPa f'� = 40 MPa (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) (2,900 psi) (3,625 psi) (4,350 psi) (5,800 psi) in. lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 3/4 (19) 195 (0.9) 210 (0.9) 220 (1.0) 245 (1.1) 270 (1.2) 300 (1.3) 330 (1.5) 380 (1.7) The following footnotes apply to both Table 5 and 6: 1 See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Linear interpolation between concrete compressive strengths is not permitted. 3 Tabular values are for a single anchor with a minimum edge distance of 6-1/2-in (166mm) and a minimum spacing of 8-in (204mm). For a 6-in (153mm) edge distance multiply uncracked concrete tension and shear values by 0.92. No reduction needed for cracked concrete. 4 Tabular values are for normal weight concrete only. For lightweight concrete multiply design strength by A, as follows: For sand -lightweight, A, = 0.68. For all -lightweight, A, = 0.60. 5 Tabular values are for static loads only. For seismic tension loads, multiply cracked concrete tabular values in tension by aN,1e;1 = 0.74. 6 No additional reduction needed for seismic shear for concrete breakout or pryout failure. See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 for additional information on seismic applications. Table 7 - Hilti HDI-P TZ factored resistance based on steel failure per CSA A23.3 Annex D 1,2,3 Nominal anchor Steel strength of HDI-P TZ anchor diameter Tensile' Shear' Seismic Shear6' in. Nsa, Vsar Vsar. v lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) Steel strength of ASTM A36 threaded rod Tensile' Shear' Seismic Shear',' N_ Vsar Vs.,,aa lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 1 3,720 (16.5) 1 540 (2.4) 1 540 (2.4) 1 3,055 (13.6) 1 1,720 (7.7) 1 1,200 (5.3) 1 See Section 3.1.8.6 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 to convert design strength value to ASD value. 2 Steel strength in tension and shear determined from the lesser of the HDI-P TZ or the inserted threaded rod. 3 Hilti HDI-P TZ anchors are considered a brittle steel element. ASTM A36 threaded rod is considered a ductile steel element. 4 Tensile Ns„ = A,eN Ns fq„ as noted in CSA A23.3 Annex D. 5 Shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by static shear tests with Vs„ s 0.6 A,,,v cps fq„ R as noted in CSA A23.3 Annex D. 6 Seismic shear values for HDI-P TZ determined by seismic shear tests with V,,,,,, s 0.60 A,,,v Ws fq„ R as noted in CSA A23.3 Annex D 7 Shear values for threaded rod determined by Vs„ = 0.6 A,,,v cps fq„ R as noted in CSA A23.3 Annex D. 8 Seismic shear values for threaded rod determined by Vs„r,a,,q = 0.70 V,,,,r,a. 9 See Section 3.1.8.7 of the Anchor Tech Guide Ed. 17 for additional information on seismic applications. 432 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 21 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS l 3.3.13 HDI-P TZ FLUSH ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide, Edition 21 Table 8 — Design information, Hilti HDI-P TZ, in accordance with CSA A23.3' *1 Nominal anchor size/internal thread dia. (in) Ref Setting information Symbol Unit 3/8 CSA A23.3 Anchor O.D. da in. 0.561 (mm) (14.25) Effective embedment het in. 3/4 (mm) (19) Steel embed. material resistance factor for reinforcement Ns 0.85 8.4.3 Resistance modification factor for tension, steel failure R 0.70 D.5.3 b) modes 2,3 s,N Min. specified yield strength fYa psi 2 70,400 (N/mm) (484) Min. specified ultimate strength f uca psi (N/mm2) 88,000 (605) Effective -cross sectional steel area in tension A se ,N in (mm2) 0.071 (45.8) Factored steel resistance in tension 4 Nsa lb 6,250 D.6.1.2 (kN) (27.8) Eq. D.2 Concrete material resistance factor We 0.65 8.4.2 Anchor category 1 D.5.3 c) Resistance modification factor for tension, concrete failure 3 Re,N 0.60 Coeff. for factored conc. breakout resistance, uncracked in -lb 24 concrete k c,uncr (SI) (10.0) D.6.2.2 Coeff. for factored conc. breakout resistance, cracked in -lb 17 concrete kc,cr (SI) (7.1) D.6.2.2 Modification factor for anchor resistance, tension, uncracked conc. 5 4)c,N 1.0 D.6.2.6 Critical edge distance Cac in. 6 (mm) (152) Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa uncracked concrete 6 Np,u„ef N/A D.6.3.2 (kN) Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concrete 6 Npr,er lb 5 D.6.3.2 (kN) (2 Factored pullout resistance in 20 MPa cracked concrete, lb 490 seismic 6 Npr,eq (kN) (2 2) D.6.3.2 Resistance modification factor for shear, steel failure modes 2,3 Rs,v - 0.65 D.5.3 b) Factored steel resistance in shear' V. lb 5 D7.1.2 (kN) (4. Factored steel resistance in shear, seismic' V lb 975 sa,eq (kN) (4.3) Resistance modification factor for shear, concrete failure modes 3 Rcv 0.70 Coefficient for pryout resistance I kcp 1.0 D.7.3 Design information is taken from ICC-ES ESR-4236, dated July 2018, table 2, and converted for use with CSA A23.3 Annex D. The HDI-P TZ is considered a brittle steel element as defined by GSA A23.3 Annex D Section D.2. All values of R are applicable with the load combinations of CSA A23.3 Chapter 8. For concrete failure modes, no increase for Condition A is permitted. Nsar= Nsa cps Rs,N where Nsa tabular value above is precalculated from Ase,N f„ca. For all design cases, Wc,N = 1.0. The appropriate effectiveness factor for cracked concrete (kc,cr) or uncracked concrete (kc,cacr) must be used. For all design cases, y,,p = 1.0. Tabular value for pullout resistance is for a concrete compressive strength of 20 MPa (2,900 psi). Pullout resistance for concrete compressive strength greater than 20 MPa (2,900 psi) may be increased by multiplying the tabular pullout resistance by (f'c / 20)1.3e for MPa or (f'c / 2,900)"1 for psi. NA (not applicable) denotes that pullout strength does not need to be considered for design. Shear and seismic shear tests are all performed in cracked concrete member per ICC-ES AC193 section 9.4 and 9.6 respectively. Value of Vsa(,eq) < 0.6 Ase,v fuca for all cases. Multiply Vsa tabular value above by cps Rsv to get Vsar and Vsar,eq- Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 21 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.13 HDI-P TZ FLUSH ANCHOR 433 Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espahol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 Table 9 - Steel design information for inserted threaded rod, in accordance with CSA A23.3' 1*1 Nominal anchor size / internal thread dia. (in) Setting information Symbol Unit 3/8 Nominal rod diameter dyed in. 0.375 Steel embed. material resistance factor for reinforcement cps 0.85 Resistance modification factor for tension, steel failure modes, R s'" 0.80 ASTM A36 steel material z Min. specified ult. strength, ASTM A36 steel material futa psi 58,000 (MPa) (400) Rod effective cross -sectional area Ase. in.' 0. (mm2) (50)50) Factored steel resistance in tension ASTM A36 steel materials Nsa,fed lb 4,495 (kN) (20.0) Factored steel resistance in tension, seismic ASTM A36 steel Nsare lb 4,495 material d'eq (kN) (20.0) Resistance modification factor for steel in shear ASTM A36 steel material 2 sa fe Rd,v - 0.75 Factored steel resistance in shear ASTM A36 steel material 4 V lb 2,695 sa,rod (kN) (12.0) Factored steel resistance, seismic ASTM A36 steel material ° V sa,rod,eq lb 1,885 (kN) (8.4) Values provided for steel element material types, or equivalent, based on minimum specified strengths and calculated in accordance with CSA A23.3 14 Eq. D.2 and Eq. D.30, as applicable. All values of R are applicable with the load combinations of CSA A23.3 Chapter 8. Values correspond to a ductile steel element. Nsa,,,ed)eq) = Nsa,ed)eq cps Rs." where Nsa.,ed)eq) tabular value above is precalculated from ASe,ed f�,a. Nsar shall be the lower of Nsarred or N-r,,,p,_PTZ for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loads, Nsa,,eq shall be the lower of Nser,red,eQ or Nsa,,eq, HDI-P TZ. Vsa,,,ed)eq) = Vsa,ed)eq) Ws Rs,v where Vsa,ed tabular value above is precalculated from 0.6 AS and f.,a, and Vsa,,ed,eq must be taken as 0.7 Vsa,ed. Vsa, shall be the lower of Vsar,red or Vsar.Hoi-PTZ for static steel strength in tension; for seismic loading, Vsar,eq shall be the lower of Vser,eq,rod or Vser,eq,HoI-PTZ` INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS Installation Instructions For Use (IFU) are included with each product package. They can also be viewed or downloaded online at www.hilti.com or www.hilti.ca. Because of the possibility of changes, always verify that downloaded IFU are current when used. Proper installation is critical to achieve full performance. Training is available on request. Contact Hilti Technical Services for applications and conditions not addressed in the IFU. ORDERING INFORMATION Description Item number Flush anchor HDI-P TZ 3/8" 2204029 HDI-P TZ 3/8" MC (1200 PCS / MC) 3596870 HDI-P TZ 3/8" (1/3 Pallet = 9600 PCS) 3596872 HDI-P TZ 3/8" Pallet 3597043 HDI-P TZ 3/8" (300) with auto set tool 3597044 HDI-P TZ 3/8" (600) with auto set tool 3597045 HDI-P TZ 3/8" (1200) with 3 auto set tools 3597046 Accessories Description Item number Auto setting tool HDI-P TZ 3/8" 2204112 Setting tool HST HDI-P TZ 3/8"x20 2204110 434 Anchor Fastening Technical Guide Edition 21 13.0 ANCHORING SYSTEMS 1 3.3.13 HDI-P TZ FLUSH ANCHOR Hilti, Inc. 1-800-879-8000 1 en espanol 1-800-879-5000 1 www.hilti.com I Hilti (Canada) Corporation I www.hilti.ca 1 1-800-363-4458 SECTION 3 VALVES AND ACCESSORIES Tyco Fire Protection Products Model BFV-300/BFV-300C Butterfly Valve Grooved End General Description The TYCO Models BFV-300 and BFV- 300C Grooved End Butterfly Valves are indicating type valves designed for use in fire protection systems where a visual indication of open or closed valve condition is required. They are used, for example, as system, sec- tional and pump water control valves. They have grooved inlet and outlet con- nections that are suitable for use with grooved end pipe couplings listed or approved for fire protection systems. For applications requiring supervi- sion of the open or closed state of the valve, the Gear Operators for the Model BFV-300/BFV-300C Butterfly Valves feature two sets of factory installed internal switches each having SPDT contacts (Ref. Figure 3). The super- visory switches transfer their electri- cal contacts when there is movement from the open or closed disc position during the first two revolutions of the handwheel. The Model BFV-300/BFV-300C Grooved End Butterfly Valves described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation, in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the perfor- mance of these devices. The owner is responsible for main- taining their fire protection system and devices in proper operating con- dition. Contact the installing contrac- tor or product manufacturer with any questions. Technical Data Approvals UL Listed FM Approved CE Certified VdS Approved Russian Fire Certificate CNPP R1 Listed—APSAD Listed by California State Fire Marshall Refer to Tables A, B and C for applicability. All laboratory listings and approvals are for indoor and outdoor use. Sizes 2-12 Inch (DN50-DN300) UL/FM Maximum Working Pressure 2-8 Inch (DN50-DN200) .... 300 psi (20,7 bar) 10-12 Inch (DN250-DN300) ..175 psi (12,1 bar) VdS Maximum Working Pressure 2-8 Inch (DN50-DN200) .... 300 psi (20,7 bar) 10 Inch (DN250) ........... 232 psi (16,0 bar) 12 Inch (DN300) ............175 psi (12,1 bar) Maximum Working Temperature 212°F (100°C) in accordance with UL 1091 Materials of Construction Body ......................... Ductile Iron Body Coating ........... RILSAN PA11 Black Disc .......................... Ductile Iron Disc Seal...............EPDM Encapsulated Upper & Lower Stem.......... Stainless Steel Handwheel .................... Ductile Iron (BFV-300 red painted; BFV-300C black painted) Actuator, 2-6 Inch (DN50-DN150): • IP 65, bronze traveling nut gearbox, ductile iron housing Actuator, 8-12 Inch (DN200-DN300): • IP 65, brass segmented gearbox, ductile iron housing Silicone Free Model Availability Silicone free models are available. Contact Tyco sales for information. Tapping Bosses Two factory -plugged NPT threaded tapping bosses in the valve body are located on the up- and downstream sides of the disc for connection to valve trim. Tapping boss sizes: 2-3 inch (DN50-DN80) .............3/8 NPT 4-12 inch (DN100-DN300) ..........1/2 NPT Control Valve Seat Leakage Class IEC 60534-4 CLASS VI (Type C) Control Valve Seat Leakage according to ANSI/FCI 70-2-2006 (ASME B16.104) Worldwide I www.tyco-fire.com Contacts MODEL BFV-300 WITH OPEN SUPERVISORY SWITCHES MODEL BFV-300C WITH CLOSED SUPERVISORY SWITCHES FM .�sT'^ L of CAL,, p APPROVEDA 9F E MpQq C E F,a VdS ���°'� EA[ Cr Page 1 of 8 APRIL 2017 TFP1511 TFP1511 Page 2 of 8 Nominal Pipe Nominal Dimensions Valve Size OD Inches Weight Inches Inches (mm) Lbs. (DN) (mm) A B C D E F G H J (kg) 2 2.37 3.8 10.63 2.85 4.90 4.92 4.28 1.99 0 0 10.8 DN50 60,3 96,4 270 72,5 124,5 125 108,E 50,5 4,9 2-1/2 2.88 3.8 11.72 3.35 5.5 4.92 4.28 1.99 0 0 13.0 DN65 73,0 96,4 297,8 85 139,8 125 108,E 50,5 5,9 3 3.8 11.72 3.35 5.5 4.92 4.28 1.99 0 0 13.0 DN65 76,1 96,4 297,8 85 139,8 125 108,E 50,5 5,9 3 3.5 3.8 12.22 3.58 5.76 4.92 4.28 1.99 0 0 13.9 DN80 88,9 96,4 310,3 91 146,3 125 108,E 50,5 6,3 4 4.5 4.54 13.92 4.29 6.75 4.92 4.28 1.99 0 0 17.64 DN100 114,3 115,4 353,5 109 171,5 125 108,E 50,5 8,0 5.5 5.83 16 5.16 7.93 5.91 5.79 2.32 0 0 26.4 DN125 139,7 148 406,E 131 201,5 150 147 58,9 11,9 5 5.56 5.83 16 5.16 7.93 5.91 5.79 2.32 0 0 26.4 DN125 141,3 148 406,E 131 201,5 150 147 58,9 11,9 6.5 5.83 17.07 5.71 8.44 5.91 5.79 2.32 0 0 30,42 DN150 165,1 148 433,E 145 214,5 150 147 58,9 13,8 6 6.63 5.83 17.07 5.71 8.44 5.91 5.79 2.32 0 0 30,42 DN150 168,3 148 433,E 145 214,5 150 147 58,9 13,8 8 8.63 5.24 19.67 6.69 9.29 8.86 8.19 2.76 5.66 1.24 47.18 DN200 219,1 133 499,5 170 236 225 208 70 143,7 31,4 21,4 10 10.75 6.26 22.46 7.68 11.1 11.14 8.19 2.91 7.21 1.65 73.41 DN250 273 159 570,5 195 282 283 208 74 183,1 41,8 33,3 12 12.75 6.5 25.39 9.5 12.2 11.14 8.19 2.91 9.96 2.7 89.29 DN300 323,9 165 645 241,5 310 283 208 74 252,9 68,5 40,5 SEGMENTED HANDWHEEL GEAR OPERATOR 8 TO 12 INCH E INDICATOR (DN200 TO DN300) FLAG VALVE SIZES C D - (VALVE CLOSED) F TAPPING O O BOSSES G B THANDWHEEL HANDWHEEL INDICATOR BODY FLAG (VALVE TAPPING O o OPEN) BOSSES ----- n A o(pn' 1 TAPPING 1 \ BOSSES DISC J H TRAVELLING NUT TRAVELLING NUT ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR GEAR OPERATOR GEAR OPERATOR Viu'V� 2 TO 4 INCH 5 TO 6 INCH (DN50 TO DN100) (DN125 TO DN150) VALVE SIZES VALVE SIZES FIGURE 1 MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE NOMINAL DIMENSIONS TFP1511 Page 3 of 8 No. Part Material Qty. 01 Body ASTM 1 A-536 02 Upper Stem AISI 410 1 03 Lower Stem AISI 410 1 04 Disc EPDM 1 05 O-Ring (P12) EPDM 4 06 Oiless B/R _ 4 M61410 07 End Cap EPDM 1 2-1/2-4 Inch 08 Gear Box ASTM 1 A-536 Traveling Nut Bronze 1 2-6 Inch 09 Segment Gear C3604BD 1 8-12 Inch 10 Bushing (2) FD-0205-45 1 11 Cover ASTM 1 A-619 12 Bushing Fe 1 13 Headless Wrench ASTM 1 Bolt M5 x 7L A-307 14 Stem Housing Fe 1 35 �4 28 37 33 30 32 38,39 31 No. Part Material Qty. 15 Spring Pin ASTM 1 A-228 16 Indicator ASTM 1 A-619 17 O-Ring NBR 1 18 Cover Gasket Paper 1 19 Spring Pin ASTM 1 05x1Tx25 A-228 20 O-Ring (P10) EPDM 1 21 Worm Shaft AISI 410 1 22 Bushing (1) FD-0205-45 1 23 Collar FD-0205-45 1 24 Spring Washer ASTM A-167 4 25 Hex Bolt ASTM 2 M8 x 20L A-167 26 Hex Bolt ASTM 2 M8 x 25L A-167 27 Gasket Paper 1 28 Spring Pin ASTM 1 04x0.8tx25 A-228 29 Handwheel ASTM 1 A-536 28 30 37 No. Part Material Qty. 30 Bolt (Round) ASTM 3 A-167 31 Plate Washer ASTM A-167 4 32 Switch Assembly — 1 33 T/R Bolt ASTM 2 A-307 34 Tapping Screw S10C 1 ST3.5 x 7.5 35 Tooth Washer4# S10C 1 36 Lever ASTM 1 A-619 37 Connector — 1 38 Sticker — 1 39 Sticker — 1 40 Spring Pin ASTM 1 03 x 0.6T x 25 A-228 Headless Plug 3/8 NPT 2-3 Inch 41 ASTM 2 A-307 Headless Plug 1/2 NPT 4-12 Inch 33 35 34 36 38,39 31 30 30 19, 19, 29 20 40 17 14 12 18 29 20 40 17 14 12 18 16 16------- 11 15 11 / 15 -_— - 21 10 21 10 13 13 22 09 22 - 09 27 27-- 23 08 23 08 25 25 24 05 24 05 26 26 25 02 25 02 01 41 01 41 04 03 04 -- 03 6----- 06,----- - 07 06 07 BFV-300 Normally Open Valve BFV-300C Normally Closed Valve Supervisory Switch Arrangement Supervisory Switch Arrangement FIGURE 2 MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE ASSEMBLY TFP1511 Page 4of8 11 11 .11 111 111 IIIII 1 IIIII■■■■ IIIII■■■■ ■■■■ ■■■� ��■�,■■■■■■ ■■■►I ■■■■■■ ��■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■III I/IIII11111 IIIII IIIII ■■ ■I �■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ��■■■■■■IIMo■■■■ II■■■■■■II■I ■■■■I I■I ■■■■■IIIII Emmons I IIIII IIIII 1 IIIII IIIII ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■�■■■■■■� ■■■■■ ■■■■� IIIII IIIII ■►� ■■ ■■ ■� ►�■■■■■■I■I ■■■■►I ■■■■� IIIII IIIII 1 ■■ ■■ ■■ ■■►�■■■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■III IIIII IIIII �■ ■■ ■■ ■► ■■■■■■►�■■■ ■■■� ■ ■■■■■IIIII IIIII 1 IIIII■■■■■■■1■��■■■■■■1■■■■■■■I,i11111111111/I■■■■■��■■■■■I■■■■■■■I■■■■■11111111111 ..... �....... �.��....... ����...,............. �........ �����..... ��................... 1 ..... ..... �....... m..I.. �,��....... .I��....... ..-.............. ..,...........,,.. �....-... ....,.......=..=MMMMM...11�..1............... ����....... ���................. ■■■■■.... ■■■■■...■ ■■■■■.... ■......■■■.......■■■■■■■r■■■■....■■■■�..M....■■��.....■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ..�.......■ ,......■■■.......■■■■■■■■.■■■....■■■■M........■■ter......■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ��.....■..■ ■Moon ■.■■■.. M■... ■■ ��..,.....■ �.........■ ■■■■■ ■■■■. 1 1 1 loolimii ■i��iiiiiiii��iiiiiiiiiiii�iiiiiiiiiiiii��oiiiiiiiu�iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii ■■■■■■■ IIIII■■ ►I■�Is ■■■ .■IIi■■■■■■■■■I■■■■■1■■II■■■■■ .��■■■■■■■r�■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■1 ■ ►I■■��■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■I/IIIIIII■I■■IIIIIII■■■■■■■III■■■■■■■■■■■■IIIIIII II1IM 15111 ■ ■ 1 IIIII■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■ I■■■■■■■II,IIIIIIII■►I■■■■■■■I■■■■■■II■■■■■■■■■■■■■■IIIIIII '■ • IIIII■ IIIII I■II■■■■■■■■■ J■II■■■■■■■■ � /■■■■ I■■■■■III/IIIIIIIII,■■■■■■III■■■■■■II■■■■■■■■■IIIIIIIIIIII ■■I/IIIIIIIIIII■■■■■■III■■■■■■II■■■■■■■■■■■IIIIIIIIIII / 1 IIIII■ I■■11■■■■■■■ II■■■ 11111111111�■■■■■1�■■■■■■I■■1■■■■■■■■■IIIIIIIII/ll • ' ' • 1 IIIII■■II■■■11■■■■■■■ IIIII■��■1111■■■■■■ /■■■ ►I■■■ •` 1111 JII . 111,1■■■■■■11■■■■■��■■1■■■■■■■■■11111111111 1�11■■■■II/1■■■■■I■111■■■■■■11111111111111 : �■ ` ■■■■■■III■■■■M■a...■ ■■,m,■7■■■■■■�.■■■ .�.■ III.■ II■■■ ■■■ . ,,..■......,..�.■■■,.....�■■................■ I,■■1■ ■'I■■■■.■■II■■■■■�■■■■■■■■■■■■■9■■■■1 ■ ririi�iii1111iiiM IIIII liME No /�■■ . III GIIIIII ■�■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■III/IIIIIIII, . nni■■■■■■■I■■■■■■■7■I■■ lip "', ,■■■ �nnm ,IIII i■■■I �■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■Inumn►,1 1 1 ' 1/111■■�������������������■I�� IIIIIII � I���■ ������������������I�IIII/III 1 1 � ' ' Gllll■■■■■111■■■■■I■■11■■■I■■ /IIIII I■■■I ►I■■■■■■■I■■■■■■■■I/IIIII�1111 / 1 • 1 liiiinsomillImmoorAllllI�������M��IIIII • • 1 • iiiiiiiiiiiii�iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii m,mm,■■■■■■■■�..�■■■■■■�►�■■■■■7■■noun/,1MEN ■iiii G�iiiiiiiii�ii IIn.■■■■■■■■M■■ • iiiiiiiiiiiiii II ■Gnu■■ I I. 1 1 IIIII■■■■■III■■II■■■■■III,■■■■■II■IIIIIIIIII,11MEN IIIII■■■■■III■■I■■■■■IIII■■■■■I■IIIIIIIIIIII■■■ ICI■■■■■■■■■I■■ II■■■■■■■■■I■■ , I IAIIIIIIII /III 111 1 1 • IIIII■■■■■■■I■II■■■■■■■II■■■■11■■■IIIIIIIIIII■■■■■11■I■■■■■■■■■■■ • , ►III 1� 1 . IIIII■■■■■■■1■II■■■■■■■I■■■■��■■■11111111111■■■■II■1■■■■■■■■■■■ I � ,III /l ..... .....�.......���....,... ■■■■■.■1.... iiiii■■■■■iii■■■■■■A■ii■Mil■■■■■iiiiiiiiiiii■ii■■insoll .......,���.....,..���...................�.......����...... ��,�................�..,....E . .. .. ... .,... .... ,,.... ...... ■■■■. moons, ■.,■■ZZER 1...■■■ . .....■■.,■■■■■■■..■1.....■■■■�..■1....■ Emmm..1.... ■■■■■i�.� IAN� Imo■■ 1 1 1 ■■■■■...■■■ om■■■■■■■■ ■ .... ...■u■o■ ■■■■ .M..■■■M■FA■■■■■■■■■MW .,..■MMMM■unum■.I.MMMMMMCCM=M= M■■M■■�....M■■■■�■� MMo�I� ■.■■■■■■ ■■ I�nnm ■■■■■■■■■■II■■.■■■.■■■■III■■■■■■■I■■■■■■■■■II,■■■■■■■�.■■■■■■■■�■■■II■■ ■■■■,■■■■I,■■■n.■■II■■■■■n/I■■■■■■I�■■■■■■■■■IIII■■■■■■■n.■■■■■■■■II■■■I■■ G■■■■■■■1 I■■mono,, 1 IIIII■■■■/IIII��■■II■■III��■■■■■■IIIIIIIIIIIII■■■IIII��■■■■■■II►I■■II■■■ IIIII ■■ ■� II II ■■"FA■■■IIIII■■■■ ■■I/IIIIIII IIIII, ■■ ■■ II II ■■■■■■■III i■■II ■ ■IIII IIIIIIIIIII IIIII IIIII 1 .1 :1 11 11 �11 •11 :11 111 111 �111 .111 •• of II I ' 1• I I YELLOW F------ YELLOW i S-1 FIRE ALARM COMMON (WHITE) COMMON (WHITE) END OF LINE CONTROL PANEL RESISTOR SUPERVISORY RED RED OR CIRCUIT NEXT DEVICE MODEL BFV-300/BFV-300C I GREEN GEAR OPERATOR OPERATOR CASE CONTACT RATINGS: - GROUND 16A 125V/250 VAC I I BLUE 5A 24VDC SWITCH S-1, 2 LEADS PER CONTACT SWITCH S-2, 1 LEAD PER CONTACT i S 2 i COMMON (BLACK) I I ORANGE VOLTAGE L _ _ _ _ _ J AUX. DEVICE SOURCE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (BELL OR HORN) FIGURE 3 MODEL BFV-300 BUTTERFLY VALVE OPEN POSITION — SUPERVISORY SWITCH OPEN POSITION MODEL BFV-300C BUTTERFLY VALVE CLOSED POSITION — SUPERVISORY SWITCH CLOSED POSITION INTERNAL SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM TFP1511 Page 5 of 8 Nominal Pipe Part Number Agencv Listin /ADDroval Valve Size Inches O.D. Inches PSG' BFV-300 BFV-300C CA Fire Russian (bar) Supv. Switch Supv. Switch CE UL FM �VdS Marshall CNPP PAWS Fire (DN) (mm) OPEN CLOSED Cert. 2 DN50 2.38 60,3 300 20,7 5930OG02OWS 5930OG02OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 2-1/2 DN65 2.88 73,0 300 20,7 59300GO25WS 59300GO25WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN65 3 76,1 300 20,7 59300GO26WS 59300GO26WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 3 DN80 3,5 88,9 300 20,7 5930OG03OWS 5930OG03OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 4 DN100 4.5 114,3 300 20,7 5930OG04OWS 5930OG04OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN125 5.5 139,7 300 20,7 59300GO56WS 59300GO56WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 5 DN125 5.56 141,3 300 20,7 5930OG05OWS 5930OG05OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ DN150 6.5 165,1 300 20,7 59300GO66WS 59300GO66WSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 6 DN150 6.63 168,3 300 20,7 5930OG06OWS 5930OG06OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 8 DN200 8.63 219,1 300 20,7 5930OG08OWS 5930OG08OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 10 DN250 10.75 273 175 12,1 5930OG10OWS 5930OG10OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 12 DN300 12.75 323,9 175 12,1 5930OG12OWS 5930OG12OWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ TABLE A MODEL BFV-3001BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES PART NUMBER SELECTION AND AGENCY LISTINGS/APPROVALS Nominal Pipe Part Number Agency Listing/Approval Valve Size O.D. Max. BFV-300 BFV-300C Inches Inches (bar) Supv. Switch Supv. Switch CE VdS CNPP (DN) (mm) OPEN CLOSED 2 DN50 2.38 60,3 300 20,7 59300GO20AWS 59300GO20AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 2-1/2 DN65 2.88 73,0 300 20,7 59300GO25AWS 59300GO25AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ DN65 3 76,1 300 20,7 59300GO26AWS 59300GO26AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 3 DN8088,920,7 3,5 300 59300GO30AWS 59300GO30AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 4 DN100 4.5 114,3 300 20,7 59300GO40AWS 59300GO40AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ DN125 5 139,720,7 300 59300G056AWS 59300GO56AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 5 DN125 5.56 141,3 300 20,7 59300GO50AWS 59300GO50AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ DN150 6.5 165,1 300 20,7 59300GO66AWS 59300GO66AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 6 DN150 6.63 168,3 300 20,7 59300GO60AWS 59300GO60AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 8 DN200 8.63 219,1 300 20,7 59300GO80AWS 59300GO80AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 10 DN250 10.75 273 175 12,1 5930OG100AWS 5930OG100AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ 12 DN300 12.75 323,9 175 12,1 5930OG120AWS 5930OG120AWSC ✓ ✓ ✓ TABLE B MODEL BFV-3001BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH CNPP-APSAD LARGE 100 X 100 MM FLAG AND INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES PART NUMBER SELECTION AND AGENCY LISTINGS/APPROVALS TFP1511 Page 6 of 8 Nominal Pipe Age cListin /A roval Valve Size Inches O.D. Inches Max. PSI Part Number CA Fire Russian (bar) CE UL FM VdS Marshall CNPP PAVUS Fire (DN) (mm) Cert. 2 2.38 300 5930OG02ONS V V V DN50 60,3 20,7 I/ 2-1/2 2.88 300 59300GO25NS DN65 73,0 20,7 DN65 3 76,1 300 20.7 59300G026NS 3 3,5 300 5930OG03ONS DN80 88,9 20,7 4 4.5 300 5930OG04ONS DN100 114,3 20,7 DN125 5.5 139,7 300 20,7 59300GO56NS 5 DN125 5.56 141,3 300 20,7 5930OG05ONS V V V V DN150 6 165,1 300 20,7 59300GO66NS 6 DN150 6.63 168,3 300 20,7 5930OG06ONS 8 8.63 300 5930OG08ONS DN200 219,1 20,7 10 10.75 175 5930OG10ONS DN250 273 12,1 12 12.75 175 59300G120NS DN300 323,9 12,1 TABLE C MODEL BFV-300 GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITHOUT INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES PART NUMBER SELECTION AND AGENCY LISTINGS/APPROVALS Part Number Nominal Gear Bernstein Bernstein Valve Size Operator Mounting Bernstein i88-IP65 GC-SU1Z Inches Type Bracket with i88-IP65 LED Switch Ex IP-66/67 ATEX (DN) Mounting Bolts Regular Switch 24V (Ex 112G Ex dIIC T6 Gb) Switch 2-4 (DN50-DN100 Travelling Nut 59300SPBRACKETI0 59300SPSW 59300SPSWLED 59300SPSWATEX 5-6 DN125-DN200 59300SPBRACKET20 8 DN200 Segmented Gear 59300SPBRACKET25 10-12 DN250-DN300 59300SPBRACKET30 Notes: 1. Install a single switch in either bracket mounting position to monitor Open or Closed valve condition Bernstein Switch ® I I ® Wiring Diagram TABLE D MODEL BFV-300 GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE WITHOUT INTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES ACCESSORY EXTERNAL SUPERVISORY SWITCHES AND MOUNTING BRACKETS PART NUMBER SELECTION TFP1511 Page 7 of 8 Installation The Model BFV-300/BFV-300C Grooved End Butterfly Valves may be installed with flow in either direction and can be positioned either horizon- tally or vertically. The grooved end pipe couplings used with the Model BFV-300/BFV- 300C must be listed or approved for fire protection service and installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. The Model BFV-300/BFV-300C But- terfly Valve may be installed with any schedule of pressure class of pipe or tubing that is listed or approved for fire protection. Conduit and electrical connections are to be made in accordance with the authority having jurisdiction and/ or the National Electrical Code. With reference to Figure 3, the supervisory switch is intended for connection to the supervisory circuit of a fire alarm control panel in accordance with NFPA 72. The auxiliary switch is intended for the unsupervised connection to aux- iliary equipment in accordance with NFPA 70, National Electric Code. NOTE. For outdoor applications with internal supervisory switches, it is rec- ommended that wiring connections be made at a temperature above 15°F (-9°C), in order to insure sufficient flex- ibility of the wire lead insulation. Care and Maintenance Before closing a fire protection system control valve for maintenance or inspection work on either the valve or fire protection system which it con- trols, permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems must be obtained from the proper authorities and all personnel who may be affected by this decision must be notified. The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in accordance with the applicable stan- dards of the National Fire Protection Association (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any authority having jurisdiction. Contact the installing con- tractor or product manufacturer with any questions. Any impairment must be immediately corrected. It is recommended that automatic sprinkler systems be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified inspec- tion service. Nominal Valve Size Part Number Inches (DN) BFV-300, Red Painted BFV-300C, Black Painted 2-4 DN50-DN100 59300SPHWHEEL10 59300SPHWHEEL10B 5-8 DN125-DN200 59300SPHWHEEL20 59300SPHWHEEL20B 10-12 DN250-DN300 59300SPHWHEEL30 59300SPHWHEEL306 TABLE E BFV-300/BFV-300C GROOVED END BUTTERFLY VALVE REPLACEMENT HANDWHEEL PART NUMBER SELECTION Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for avail- ability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Butterfly Valves Model BFV-300 with Internal Open Supervisory Switches Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butterfly Valve, Inter- nal Open Supervisory Switches, P/N (specify per Table A) Model BFV-300C with Internal Closed Supervisory Switches Specify: (specify size) Model BFV- 300C Grooved End Butterfly Valve, Internal Closed Supervisory Switches, P/N (specify per Table A) Model BFV-300 with Internal Open Supervisory Switches, APSAD Approved Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butterfly Valve, Internal Open Supervisory Switches, APSAD Approved, P/N (specify per Table B) Model BFV-300C with Internal Closed Supervisory Switches, APSAD Approved Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300C Grooved End Butter- fly Valve, Internal Closed Supervi- sory Switches, APSAD Approved, P/N (specify per Table B) Model BFV-300 without Internal Supervisory Switches Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butterfly Valve, P/N (specify per Table C) Accessories External Supervisory Switch and Mounting Bracket Note: Accessory external supervi- sory switches and mounting brackets are applicable only to valves without factory -installed internal supervisory switches. Refer to Table D for switch models and part numbers. Specify: (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butterfly Valve Exter- nal Switch Mounting Bracket, P/N (specify), with (specify quantity) Bern- stein External Switch (specify model), P/N (specify) Replacement Parts Note: Only items described in this section are offered as replacement parts. Handwheel Replacement handwheel includes pin. Refer to Table E for part numbers. Model BFV-300, Red Painted Specify: Handwheel, (specify size) Model BFV-300 Grooved End Butter- fly Valve, P/N (specify) Model BFV-300C, Black Painted Specify: Handwheel, (specify size) Model BFV-300C Grooved End But- terfly Valve, P/N (specify) TFP1511 Page 8 of 8 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 11400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 1 Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Copyright © 2017 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. t[�CO RILSAN is a registered trademark of Arkema, Inc Fire Protection Products Model 1011T TESTANDRAIN'5 Sectional Floor Control Test and Drain Valve with Pressure Gauge for Systems Requiring Pressure Relief Valve Sizes: 3/4.. 1 1'�a'. 1 1/2 e�u The AGF Model 1011T TESTANDRAIN° provides the test and express drain functions for wet fire sprinkler systems on multi -story installations requiring pressure relief (NFPA 13 and NFPA 13R). The Model 1011A fea- tures a Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve with drain pipe, 31/2" Model 7500 Pressure Gauge and 3-Way Globe Valve. The Model 1011T is available in a full range of sizes (3/4" to 2") with NPT connections (BSPT available). The Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve (UVFM) features a flushing handle and a 175 PSI factory rating (other pressure ratings available). • Complies with NFPA 13 Requirements • Compact, Single -Handle Ball Valve • Tamper -Resistant Test Orifice and Sight Glasses • 300 PSI rated. • Specifiable orifice sizes: %" (2.8K), 7/16" (4.2K), 1/2" (5.6K),'�/32" (8.0K), %" (11.2K, ELO), 3/4" (14.OK, ESFR), and K25 • Relieves Excess System Pressure caused by Surges or Temperature Changes • Includes Model 7500 Pressure Gauge and UVFM Model 7600 Globe Valve • Shipped with Relief Valve and Bypass Drain Ports Plugged to Expedite Pressure Testing • Locking Kit Available Repair kits are available for all TESTANDRAIN° valves. Kit includes: Adapter Gasket (1), Ball (1), Valve Seats (2), Stem Packing (1), and Stem Washer (1). Valve and orifice size must be specified when ordering. NOTE: It is important to note that the pressure rating of the relief valve indicates an operating range of pressure for both opening and closing of the valve. Standard relief valves are required to OPEN in a range of pressure between 90% and 105% of their rating. The valves are required to CLOSE at a pressure above 80% of that rating. The relief valve should be installed where it is easily accessible for maintenance. Care should be taken that the relief valve CANNOT be isolated from the system when the system is operational. A relief valve should NEVER have a shutoff valve or a plug downstream of its outlet. SS-M1011T_V001 - 06/13 TESTANDRAIN is a registered trademark of AGF Manufacturing Inc. Model 1011T LISTED11 TE TAN FM Model 1011T 300 PSI Bronze Ball Valve, Model 7000 Pressure Relief Valve, APPROVED Model 7500 Pressure Gauge, and Model 7600 1/411 3-Way Globe Valve Dimensions SIZE A B C D E F 3/4 101/4" 33/8 113/16" 49/16 63/811 83/4" (256 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) (119 mm) 1 101/4" 33/8" 113/16" 49/16" 63/811 83/411 (256 mm) (86 mm) (46 mm) (117 mm) (162.5 mm) (119 mm) 11/411 101/2" 35/8" 115/16" 59/16" 71/211 91, (263 mm) (91 mm) (51 mm) (141 mm) (192 mm) (225 mm) 1'/2" 111/2" 37/8" 25/8" 81/4" 107/8" 911/16" (288 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) (242 mm) 211 1 11/2" 37/8" 25/8" 81/4" 107/8" 911/16" (288 mm) (99 mm) (67 mm) (207 mm) (274 mm) (242 mm) The Model 1011T provides the following... From the 2013 Edition of NFPA 13 Chapter 8.16.2.4.1 * Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. Chapter 8.16.2.4.2 Drain connections, interior sectional or floor control valve(s) — & 8.16.2.4.3 shall be provided with a drain connection having a minimum size as shown in Table 8.16.2.4.2. Chapter 8.16.2.4.4 Drains shall discharge outside or to a drain capable of handling the flow of the drain. Chapter A.8.17.4.2 (Wet Pipe System) test connection is permitted to terminate into a drain capable of accepting full flow... using an approved sight test connection containing a smooth bore corrosion -resistant orifice giving a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.2.2 The test connection valve shall be accessible. Chapter 8.17.4.2.4 shall be permitted to be installed in any location... downstream of the waterflow alarm. Chapter 8.17.4.3.1 (Dry Pipe System) a trip test connection not less than 1 " in diameter, terminating in a smooth bore corrosion -resistant orifice, to provide a flow equivalent to one sprinkler... Chapter 8.17.4.3.2 The trip test connection... with a shutoff valve and plug not less than 1 ", at least one of which shall be brass. Chapter 7.1.2 - a wet pipe system shall be provided with a listed relief valve set to operate at 175 PSI or 10 PSI in excess of the maximum system pressure, whichever is greater. Chapter 8.16.1.2.3* A listed relief valve of not less than 1/2" in size shall be provided on the discharge side of the pressure -reducing valve set to operate at a pressure not exceeding rated pressure of the system. Chapter A.8.16.1.2.3 - consideration should be given to piping the discharge from the (pressure relief) valve Chapter 8.16.1.2.2 Pressure gauges shall be installed on the inlet and outlet sides of each pressure reducing valve. AGF Manufacturing Inc. 100 Quaker Lane, Malvern, PA 19355 Phone: 610-240-4900 Fax: 610-240-4906 Job Name: Architect: Engineer: Model 1011T - Front View Orifice Sizes W 7116n 1/2° "/32% W ELO`, 3/a" ESFR`, and K25"' Materials Handle ................ Steel Stem ................... Rod Brass Ball ...................... C.P. Brass Body ................... Bronze Valve Seat........... Impregnated Teflon° Indicator Plate .... Steel Relief Valve......... Bronze Bypass Fittings... Brass Bypass Tubing.... Nylobraid Approvals UL and ULC Listed: (EX4019 & EX4533) FM Approved �1 NYC -BSA No. 720-87-SM MADE IN U.S.A. www.testandrain.com "Available on 11/4" to 2" size units only • "Available on 11/2" and 2" size units only Contractor: AUerZbq(j1) The Deringer 20(x) .Double Check Valve Assembly is designed to prevent non -health hazard pollutants from entering the potable water supply system caused by backpressure and/or backsiphonage conditions. Sixes: 2yz„ 3 4" 6" 8" Working Pressure: 10-175psi (0.7-12.1 bur) Temperature Range: 33' 140°F (1 °-60°C) End Connections - iPS Groove for Steel Pipe: AWWA C606 - Flange Adapters: ANSI B16.1 Class 125 Lead Free: 0.25% Maximum by Weight Integral Shut -aft Valves Indoor/Outdoor Application rq 1 ❑0°/a Stainless Steel Housing Tamper Resistent Test Cocks DC Double Check Valve 1- E R T I C� # A HORIZONTAL L NSFIANSI372 I ' r AWWA DLCERTIFIED U� V V C511-07 LEAD FREE c APPROVED ioks APPROVED COMPLIANT Dual ActionTM Check Modules Prewired Supervisory • Poppet Action at Low Flow Switches • Swing Action at High Flow • Patent Pending 1 Silicone Elastomer �s-r Check Discs Flange Adapters Available Ja1A;iM6WLW _q. 7BCMC1%ff0MS, In PV lP5 Grooved Ends The Deringer 20(x) Double Check Valve shall utilize two independent Dual Action Check modules and two integral resiliently seated shut-off valves all of which shall be contained within a single rigid valve housing constructed entirely ❑f304 stainless steel. Both integral shutoff valves shall include pre -wired supervisory tamper switches contained within a weatherproof actuator housing approved for both indoor and outdoor use. Dual Action Check modules shall operate as a "poppet style" check under low flow conditions, operate as a "swing style" check under high flow conditions and utilize replaceable silicone elastomer sealing discs, Assembly test cocks shall be handle -less and operate via a tamper resistant actuator. Assembly shall have a single full access service port and cover with an "in]ine" replaceable elastomer seal. Assembly shall be serviceable without special tools and approved for both horizontal and vertical applications. Job Name: Job Location: Engineer: Approval: Contractor: Approval: Contractor's P.U. No: Representative: Baekflow Direct, LLC - 2484 Mercantile Drive • Rancho Cordova ■ California - 95742 - United States oi'Arnerica Phone: 916-760-4524 Website: www.backflowdirect.com 1,ug 2271 2650 3028 124 110 96 33 59 55 _1 ,8 �4 I(Pa) 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Rate of FWw tgprm) -Rated Flaw - Tested-15 fps Horizontal orient tw: 14 3028 4542 6056 7571 9085 16 14 12 N 10 N Q J a) 6L v 4 N a)1. 2 iL 0 .RowPerformance _ 18 16 ,- 14 N 12 a 10 a3 8 6 4 ci 2 .` i tic 96 33 69 55 11 28 14 I<Paj 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 'Specific orientation & agency flow characteristics available on website Rate of Flow(g pm ) 111easuresA17aterfals Horizontal Urienzation Ht Hb �Ec Size Model Ht Hb f- Ec D H W Weight Se in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ibs kg NPT z 7.1 160 2.9 .74 18.7 475 2% 65 0.0 0 10.0 234 11.0 279 38 17 4 100 20 7.9 201 3.1 79 18.7 475 4 100 0.2 5 11.0 279 11.0 279 42 19 %" 6 150 20x 8.7 221 4.8 122 28A 721 6 150 1,0 25 13,5 343 13.8 351 122 55 'A" 8 200 20 10.4 264 5.4 137 30.7 780 8 200 1.8 46 15.8 401 13.8 351 141 64 Y2 Valve Housing: 304 Stainless Steel SOV Bearings: TeflonlBronze Check Springs: 17-7 Stainless Steel Valve Cover: 304 Stainless .Steel Non Wetted Bolts: Grade 8 Zinc Plated Check Pins: 17 7118-8 .Stainless Steel SOV Disks: FPDAV304SS Wetted Fasteners: 18-8 Stainless Steel Check Seats: Noryl Polymer (NSF) SOV Shafts: 304 Stainless Steel Check Disks: Silicone (NSF) O-Rings: Btrna-N (NSF) Back flow Direct, LLC - 2484 Mercantile Drive - Rancho Cordova ■ California ■ 95742 - United States ofAmerica Phone: 916-760-4524 Website: www.backflowdii-ect.com SECTION 4 ALARMS AND SUPERVISORY DEVICES CF, POTTER The Symbol of Protection Specifications subject to change without notice. Ordering Information Nominal Pipe Size Model Part Number 2" DN50 VSR-2 1144402 21/2" DN65 VSR-2 1/2 1144425 3" DN80 VSR-3 1144403 3 1/2" VSR-3 1/2 1144435 4" DN100 VSR-4 1144404 5" VSR-5 1144405 6" DN150 VSR-6 1144406 8" DN200 VSR-8 1144408 Optional: Cover Tamper Switch Kit, stock no. 0090148 Replaceable Components: Retard/Switch Assembly, stock no. 1029030 VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD UL, CUL and CSFM Listed, FM Approved, LPCBApproved, For CE Marked (EN12259-5) / VdSApproved model use VSR-EU Service Pressure: 450 PSI (31 BAR) - UL Flow Sensitivity Range for Signal: 4-10 GPM (15-38 LPM) -UL Maximum Surge: 18 FPS (5.5 m/s) Contact Ratings: Two sets of SPDT (Form C) 10.0Amps at 125/250VAC 2.0 Amps at 30VDC Resistive 10 mAmps min. at 24VDC Conduit Entrances: Two knockouts provided for 1/2" conduit. Individual switch compartments suitable for dissimilar voltages. Environmental Specifications: • NEMA 4/IP54 Rated Enclosure suitable for indoor or outdoor use with factory installed gasket and die-cast housing when used with appropriate conduit fitting. • Temperature Range: 40°F - 120°F, (4.5°C - 49°C) - UL • Non -corrosive sleeve factory installed in saddle. Service Use: Automatic Sprinkler NFPA-13 One or two family dwelling NFPA-13D Residential occupancy up to four stories NFPA-13R National Fire Alarm Code NFPA-72 • Installation must be performed by qualified personnel and in accordance with all national and local codes and ordinances. • Shock hazard. Disconnect power source before servicing. Serious injury or death could result. • Risk of explosion. Not for use in hazardous locations. Serious injury or death could result. CAUTION Waterflow switches that are monitoring wet pipe sprinkler systems shall not be used as the sole initiating device to discharge AFFF, deluge, or chemical suppression systems. Waterflow switches used for this application may result in unintended discharges caused by surges, trapped air, or short retard times. Important: This document contains important information on the installation and operation of the VSR waterflow switches. Please read all instructions carefully before beginning installation. A copy of this document is required by NFPA 72 to be maintained on site. General Information Enclosure The Model VSR is a vane type waterflow switch for use on wet sprinkler The VSR switches and retard device are enclosed in a general purpose, systems. It is UL Listed for use on a steel pipe; schedules 5 through 40, die-cast housing. The cover is held in place with two tamper resistant sizes 2" - 6" and is UL Listed and FM Approved for use on steel pipe; screws which require a special key for removal. A field installable schedules 10 through 40, sizes 2" thm 8" (50 mm thm 200 mm). LPC cover tamper switch is available as an option which may be used approved sizes are 2" thru 8" (50 mm thru 200 mm). See Ordering to indicate unauthorized removal of the cover. See bulletin number Information chart. 5401103 for installation instructions of this switch. The VSR may also be used as a sectional waterflow detector on large systems. The VSR contains two single pole, double throw, snap action switches and an adjustable, instantly recycling pneumatic retard. The switches are actuated when a flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) or more occurs downstream of the device. The flow condition must exist for a period of time necessary to overcome the selected retard period. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC • St. Louis, MO • Phone: 866-956-1211/Canada 888-882-1833 • www.pottersignal.com PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV M PAGE 1 OF 4 11115 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Installation (see Fig. 1) These devices may be mounted on horizontal or vertical pipe. On horizontal pipe they shall be installed on the top side of the pipe where they will be accessible. The device should not be installed within 6" (15 cm) of a fitting which changes the direction of the waterflow or within 24" (60 cm) of a valve or drain. NOTE: Do not leave cover off for an extended period of time. Drain the system and drill a hole in the pipe using a hole saw in a slow speed drill (see Fig. 1). Clean the inside pipe of all growth or other material for a distance equal to the pipe diameter on either side of the hole. Roll the vane so that it may be inserted into the hole; do not bend or crease it. Insert the vane so that the arrow on the saddle points in the direction of the waterflow. Take care not to damage the non -corrosive bushing in the saddle. The bushing should fit inside the hole in the pipe. Install the saddle strap and tighten nuts alternately to required torque (see the chart in Fig. 1). The vane must not rub the inside of the pipe or bind in any way. A CAUTION Do not trim the paddle. Failure to follow these instructions may prevent the device from operating and will void the warranty. Do not obstruct or otherwise prevent the trip stem of the flow switch from moving when water flows as this could damage the flow switch and prevent an alarm. If an alarm is not desired, a qualified technician should disable the alarm system. Fig. 1 Retard Adjustment DO NOT LEAVE COVER OFF FOR aNEXTENDED PER7oDOFTIME The delay can be adjusted by rotating the retard adjustment knob from 0 to the max setting (60-90 seconds). The time delay should be set at the minimum required to prevent false alarms DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW TIGHTEN NUTS ALTERNATELY O MOUNT ON PIPE SO ARROW ON SADDLE POINTS IN DIRECTION l \ OF WATERFLOW CAUTION Hole must be drilled perpendicular to the pipe and vertically centered. Refer to the Compatible Pipe/Installation Requirements chart for size. Correct Incorrect I -E��- _E7�_ ROLL PADDLE IN OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WATERFLOW (Flowing water activates device in one direction only) DWG t146-1t 50- ADAPTER ADAPTER 20-+2- MAX. DN50 ONLY USE (2) 5180162 ADAPTERS AS SHOWN ABOVE DWG# 1146-IF Compatible Pipe/ Installation Requirements Model Nominal Pipe Size Nominal Pipe O.D. Pipe Wall Thickness Hole Size U-Bolt Nuts Torque Lightwall Schedule 10 (iIL) Schedule 40 (UL) BS-1387 (LPC) DN (VDS) inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm inch mm ft-lb n-m VSR-2 2 DN50 2.375 60.3 .065 1.651 0.109 2.77 0.154 3.91 0.142 3.6 0.091 2.3 1.25 +.125/- 062 33.0t2.0 VSR-21/2 2.5 2.875 73.0 .084 2.134 0.120 3.05 0.203 5.16 - - - - VSR-21/2 - DN65 3.000 76.1 - - - - - - 0.142 3.6 0.102 2.6 VSR-3 3 DN80 3.500 88.9 .083 2.108 0.120 3.05 0.216 5.49 0.157 4.0 0.114 2.9 2.00±.125 50.8t2.0 20 27 VSR-31/2 3.5 - 4.000 101.6 - - 0.120 3.05 0.226 5.74 - - - - VSR-4 4 DN100 4.500 114.3 .084 2.134 0.120 3.05 0.237 6.02 0.177 4.5 0.126 3.2 VSR-5 5 5.563 141.3 - 0.134 3.40 0.258 6.55 - - - - VSR-6 6 DN150 6.625 1 168.3 .115 2.921 0.134 3.40 0.280 7.11 0.197 5.0 0.157 4.0 VSR-8 8 DN200 1 8.625 1 219.1 0.148 1 3.76 1 0.322 8.18 1 0.248 1 6.3 1 0.177 1 4.5 NOTE: For copper or plastic pipe use Model VSR-CF. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV M PAGE 2 OF 4 11115 CF�)POTTER The Symbol of Protection Fig. 2 To remove knockouts: Place screwdriver at inside edge of knockouts, not in the center. Do not drill into the base as this creates metal shavings which can create electrical hazards and damage the device. Drilling voids the warranty. Fig. 3 Break out thin section of cover when wiring both switches from one conduit entrance. Fig. 5 Typical Electrical Connections Notes: 1. The Model VSR has two switches, one can be used to operate a central station, proprietary or remote signaling unit, while the other contact is used to operate a local audible or visual annunciator. 2. For supervised circuits, see "Switch Terminal Connections" drawing and warning note (Fig. 4). rasa VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Fig. 4 Switch Terminal Connections Clamping Plate Terminal � % I�CO�Ilj6 1 �0�6 �� DWG. #1146-16 AWATNING M An uninsulated section of a single conductor should not be looped around the terminal and serve as two separate connections. The wire must be severed, thereby providing supervision of the connection in the event that the wire become dislodged from under the terminal. Failure to sever the wire may render the device inoperable risking severe property damage and loss of life. Do not strip wire beyond 3/8" of length or expose an uninsulated conductor beyond the edge of the terminal block. When using stranded wire, capture all strands under the clamping plate. NEUTRAL FROM BREAKER NEUTRAL FROM BELL 1 BREAKER J LINE FROM BREAKER EOL (End Of Line Resistor) NOTE: When connecting to a UL Listed control panel, use the panel's resistor value for circuit supervision. Testing The frequency of inspection and testing for the Model VSR and its associated protective monitoring system shall be in accordance with applicable NFPA Codes and Standards and/or the authority having jurisdiction (manufacturer recommends quarterly or more frequently). If provided, the inspector's test valve shall always be used for test purposes. If there are no provisions for testing the operation of the flow detection device on the system, application of the VSR is not recommended or advisable. A minimum flow of 10 GPM (38 LPM) is required to activate this device. Advise the person responsible for testing of the fire protection system that this system must be tested in accordance with the testing instructions. Fig. 6 Mounting Dimensions 5.56 in Fig. 7 3.50 in (141.2 mtn) 2.00 in r (89.0 —)y (50.8 mm) GREEN GROUND SCREWS 2.34 in (59.4 —) PI E DIA. U-BOLT NUT + 5.25 in U-BOLT WASHER (+ 33.4 —) PIPE SADDLE 4 � 1 PIPE t t PLASTIC PADDLE---'® Q DWG. 11d8-id U-BOLT NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +1.75 in (+44.5 MM) FOR DN 50 — DN 65 2-2.5 in NOMINAL PIPE DIA. +2.125 in (+54.0 MM) FOR DN 80 — DN 200 3-8 in OWG 1146-15 PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV M PAGE 3 OF 4 11115 (E)POTTER The Symbol of Protection VSR VANE TYPE WATERFLOW ALARM SWITCH WITH RETARD Maintenance Inspect detectors monthly. If leaks are found, replace the detector. The VSR waterflow switch should provide years of trouble -free service. The retard and switch assembly are easily field replaceable. In the unlikely event that either component does not perform properly, please order replacement retard switch assembly stock #1029030 (see Fig. 8). There is no maintenance required, only periodic testing and inspection. Retard/Switch Assembly Replacement (See Fig. 8) The Retard/Switch Assembly is field -replaceable without draining the system or removing the waterflow switch from the pipe 1. Make sure the fire alarm zone or circuit connected to the waterflow switch is bypassed or otherwise taken out of service. 2. Disconnect the power source for local bell (if applicable). 3. Identify and remove all wires from the waterflow switch. 4. Remove the (2) mounting screws holding retard/switch assembly to the base. Do not remove the (2) retard housing screws. 5. Remove the retard assembly by lifting it straight up over the tripstem. 6. Install the new retard assembly. Make sure the locating pins on the retard/switch assembly fit into the locating pin bosses on the base. 7. Re -install the (2) original mounting screws. 8. Reconnect all wires. Perform a flow test and place the system back in service. Fig. 8 DO NOT REMO'V (2) RETARD HOL SCREWS Removal of Waterflow Switch REMOVE (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING SCREWS HOLDING RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY TO BASE BREAKOUTTHIN SECTION OF COVER WHEN WIRING BOTH SWITCHES FROM ONE CONDUIT ENTRANCE. (2) ORIGINAL MOUNTING CREWS RETARD/SWITCH ASSEMBLY Li (2) LOCATING PINS/ n (2) LOCATR BOSSES IN DWG# 1146-10 • To prevent accidental water damage, all control valves should be shut tight and the system completely drained before waterflow detectors are removed or replaced. • Turn off electrical power to the detector, then disconnect wiring. • Loosen nuts and remove U-bolts. • Gently lift the saddle far enough to get your fingers under it. With your fingers, roll the vane so it will fit through the hole while continuing to lift the waterflow detector saddle. • Lift detector clear of pipe. PRINTED IN USA MFG. #5401146 - REV M PAGE 4 OF 4 11115 SECTION 5 FIRE SPRINKLERS Tyco Fire Protection Products Series TY-FRB — Worldwide I www.tyco-fire.com Contacts 2^ 4.29 5.6, and 8.0 K-Factor Upright, Pendent, Quick Response, General Description The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor, Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers described in this data sheet are quick response, standard coverage, deco- rative 3 mm glass bulb -type spray sprinklers designed for use in light or ordinary hazard, commercial occupan- cies such as banks, hotels, and shop- ping malls. The recessed version of the Series TY-FRB Pendent Sprinkler, where applicable, is intended for use in areas with a finished ceiling. This recessed pendent sprinkler uses one of the following: • A two-piece Style 10 (1/2 inch NPT) or Style 40 (3/4 inch NPT) Recessed Escutcheon with 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 3/4 inch (19,1 mm) of total adjustment from the flush pendent position, or a • A two-piece Style 20 (1/2 inch NPT) or Style 30 (3/4 inch NPT) Recessed Escutcheon with 1/4 inch (6,4 mm) of recessed adjustment or up to 1/2 inch (12,7 mm) of total adjustment from the flush pendent position. The adjustment provided by the Recessed Escutcheon reduces the accuracy to which the fixed pipe drops to the sprinklers must be cut. Corrosion -resistant coatings, where applicable, are utilized to extend the life of copper alloy sprinklers beyond that which would otherwise be obtained IMPORTANT Always refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP700 for the "INSTALLER WARNING" that provides cautions with respect to handling and instal- lation of sprinkler systems and com- ponents. Improper handling and installation can permanently damage a sprinkler system or its compo- nents and cause the sprinkler to fail to operate in a fire situation or cause it to operate prematurely. and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers Standard Coverage when exposed to corrosive atmo- spheres. Although corrosion -resistant coated sprinklers have passed the standard corrosion tests of the appli- cable approval agencies, the testing is not representative of all possible cor- rosive atmospheres. Consequently, it is recommended that the end user be consulted with respect to the suit- ability of these coatings for any given corrosive environment. The effects of ambient temperature, concentration of chemicals, and gas/chemical velocity, should be considered, as a minimum, along with the corrosive nature of the chemical to which the sprinklers will be exposed. An intermediate level of the Series TY-FRB Pendent Sprinklers is detailed in Technical Data Sheet TFP356, and Sprinkler Guards are detailed in Tech- nical Data Sheet TFP780. NOTICE The Series TY-FRB, 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor, Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers described herein must be installed and maintained in compliance with this document and with the applica- ble standards of the National Fire Pro- tection Association, in addition to the standards of any authorities having jurisdiction. Failure to do so may impair the performance of these devices. The owner is responsible for maintain- ing their fire protection system and devices in proper operating condition. The installing contractor or sprinkler manufacturer should be contacted with any questions. Sprinkler Identification Number (SIN) TY1131 - Upright 2.8K, 1/2- NPT TY1231 - Pendent 2.8K, 1/2- NPT TY2131 - Upright 4.2K, 1/2- NPT TY2231 - Pendent 4.2K, 1/2-NPT TY3131 - Upright 5.6K, 1/2- NPT TY3231 - Pendent 5.6K, 1/2- NPT TY4131 - Upright 8.OK, 3/4- NPT TY4231 - Pendent 8.OK, 3/4- NPT TY4831 - Upright 8.OK, 1/2- NPT TY4931 - Pendent 8.OK, 1/2-NPT Page 1 of 10 NOVEMBER 2015 TFP171 TFP171 Page 2 of 10 * Temperature rating ** Pipe thread connections per 1 - Frame is indicated on ISO 7-1 can be provided on ESCUTCHEON 2 - Button Deflector. special request. PLATE SEATING SURFACE 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL 2 i/4" MAKE -IN (57,2 mm) 2-3/16" (55,6 mm) 1-9/16" (39,7 mm) 1/2" NPT** WRENCH STYLE 10 or 20 FLATS RECESSED UPRIGHT PENDENT ESCUTCHEON 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. RECESSED PENDENT 3 - Sealing 5 - Compression Assembly Screw 4 - Bulb 6 - Deflector* 7 - Bushing CROSS SECTION FIGURE 1 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY1131) AND PENDENT (TY1231) SPRINKLERS 2.8 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT * Temperature rating is indicated on Deflector. UPRIGHT ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be provided on special request. ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING SURFACE im) IAL 2-3/16" -IN (55,6 mm) 2-3/16" (55,6 mm) _J WRENCH STYLE 10 or 20 FLATS RECESSED PENDENT ESCUTCHEON 1 - Frame 3 - Sealing 5 - Compression 2 - Button Assembly Screw 4 - Bulb 6 - Deflector* I — 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. RECESSED PENDENT 1 3 2 4 -- 5 6* CROSS SECTION FIGURE 2 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY2131) AND PENDENT (TY2231) SPRINKLERS 4.2 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT * Temperature rating ** Pipe thread connections per 1 Frame 3 - Sealing 5 - Compression is indicated on ISO 7-1 can be provided on 2 Button Assembly Screw Deflector. special request. ESCUTCHEON PLATE SEATING 4- Bulb 6- Deflector* SURFACE 1/2" NPT* UPRIGHT 7/16" '11,1 mm) NOMINAL 2-3/16" MAKE -IN (55,6 mm) 2-3/16" 1-1/2" (55,6 mm) (38,1 mm) * WRENCH STYLE 10 or 20 FLATS RECESSED PENDENT ESCUTCHEON I-- 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. - RECESSED PENDENT CROSS SECTION FIGURE 3 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY3131) AND PENDENT (TY3231) SPRINKLERS 5.6 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT TFP171 Page 3 of 10 * Temperature rating ** Pipe thread connections per 1 Frame 3 - Sealing 5 - Compression is indicated on ISO 7-1 can be provided on ESCUTCHEON 2 - Button Assembly Screw Deflector. special request. PLATE SEATING 4 - Bulb 6 - Deflector* SURFACE 1/2" (12,7 mm) NOMINAL 2-5/16" MAKE -IN (58,7 mm) 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) \ 3/4" NPT** WRENCH STYLE 30 or 40 FLATS RECESSED UPRIGHT PENDENT ESCUTCHEON 2-7/8" (73,0 mm) DIA. RECESSED PENDENT CROSS SECTION FIGURE 4 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY4131) AND PENDENT (TY4231) SPRINKLERS 8.0 K-FACTOR, 314 INCH NPT 7/16" (11,1 mm) NOMINAL Ll MAKE -IN 2-3/16" I �' (55,6 mm) 1/2" NPT** WRENCH FLATS UPRIGHT PENDENT CEILING PLATE 1 - Frame 5 - Compression SEATING SURFACE 2 - Button Screw 1 3 - Sealing 6 -Deflector Assembly 3 4 - Bulb 2-1/4" (57,2 mm) 2 �q * Temperature rating is 1-9/16" 4 indicated on Deflector. (39,7 mm) --_ 5 ** Pipe thread connections per ISO 7-1 can be a - 6 * provided on special request. CROSS SECTION FIGURE 5 QUICK RESPONSE SERIES TY-FRB UPRIGHT (TY4831) AND PENDENT (TY4931) SPRINKLERS 8.0 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT WRENCH RECESS (END "A" USED FOR 1/2" NPT MODELS) WRENCH RECESS (END "B" USED FOR 3/4" NPT MODELS) FIGURE 6 W-TYPE 6 SPRINKLER WRENCH WRENCH RECESS PUSH WRENCH IN TO ENSURE ENGAGEMENT WITH SPRINKLER WRENCHING AREA FIGURE 7 W-TYPE 7 RECESSED SPRINKLER WRENCH TFP171 Page 4 of 10 Technical Data Approvals UL and C-UL Listed FM, LPCB, and NYC Approved Refer to Table A and B for complete approval information including corrosion - resistant status. Maximum Working Pressure Refer to Table C. Discharge Coefficient K=2.8 gpm/psi'/2 (40,3 Ipm/bar'/2) K=4.2 gpm/psi/2 (60,5 Ipm/bar'/z) K=5.6 gpm/psi'/2 (80,6 Ipm/bar'/2) K=8.0 gpm/psi'/2 (115,2 Ipm/bar'/2) Temperature Rating Refer to Table A and B. Finishes Sprinkler: Refer to Table D. Recessed Escutcheon: Signal or Pure White, Jet Black, Chrome Plated, or Natural Brass Physical Characteristics Frame ............................Bronze Button ...................... Brass/Copper Sealing Assembly. . Beryllium Nickel w/TEFLON Bulb...............................Glass Compression Screw ................. Bronze Deflector ................... Copper/Bronze Bushing(K=2.8).....................Bronze Operation The glass bulb contains a fluid that expands when exposed to heat. When the rated temperature is reached, the fluid expands sufficiently to shatter the glass bulb, allowing the sprinkler to activate and water to flow. Design Criteria The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor, Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers are intended for fire protection systems designed in accordance with the stan- dard installation rules recognized by the applicable Listing or Approval agency (such as, UL Listing is based on the requirements of NFPA 13, and FM Approval is based on the require- ments of FM's Loss Prevention Data Sheets). Only the Style 10, 20, 30, or 40 Recessed Escutcheon, as applica- ble, is to be used for recessed pendent installations. Installation The TYCO Series TY-FRB, 2.8, 4.2, 5.6, and 8.0 K-factor, Upright, Pendent, and Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with this section. General Instructions Do not install any bulb -type sprinkler if the bulb is cracked or there is a loss of liquid from the bulb. With the sprin- kler held horizontally, a small air bubble should be present. The diameter of the air bubble is approximately 1/16 inch (1,6 mm) for the 135°F (57°C) and 3/32 inch (2,4 mm) for the 286°F (141°C) tem- perature ratings. A leak -tight 1/2 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained by applying a minimum to maximum torque of 7 to 14 ft.-Ibs. (9,5 to 19,0 Nm). A leak tight 3/4 inch NPT sprinkler joint should be obtained with a torque of 10 to 20 ft.- Ibs. (13,4 to 26,8 Nm). Higher levels of torque can distort the sprinkler Inlet with consequent leakage or impairment of the sprinkler. Do not attempt to compensate for insufficient adjustment in the Escutch- eon Plate by under- or over -tightening the sprinkler. Re -adjust the position of the sprinkler fitting to suit. Series TY-FRB Upright and Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Pendent and Upright Sprinklers must be installed in accordance with the following instructions. Step 1. Install Pendent sprinklers in the pendent position. Install upright sprin- klers in the upright position. Step 2. With pipe -thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand - tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step 3. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 6). With ref- erence to Figures 1 through 5, apply the W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats. Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinklers The Series TY-FRB Recessed Pendent Sprinklers must be installed in accor- dance with the following instructions. Step A. After installing the Style 10, 20, 30, or 40 Mounting Plate, as applica- ble, over the sprinkler threads and with pipe -thread sealant applied to the pipe threads, hand -tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting. Step B. Tighten the sprinkler into the sprinkler fitting using only the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench (Figure 7). With reference to Figures 1 to 4, apply the W-Type 7 Recessed Sprinkler Wrench to the sprinkler wrench flats. Step C. After ceiling installation and finishing, slide on the Style 10, 20, 30, or 40 Closure over the Series TY-FRB Sprinkler and push the Closure over the Mounting Plate until its flange comes in contact with the ceiling. TFP171 Page 5 of 10 SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 5) K FACTOR TYPE TEMPERATURE BULB LIQUID COLOR NATURAL BRASS CHROME PLATED POLYESTER — 135°F (57°C) Orange PENDENT (TY1231) 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow and 1, 2, 3, 4 UPRIGHT (TY1131) ° ° 200F 93C ( ) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F (57°C) Orange 2,8 1/2 NPT RECESSED PENDENT 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow (TY1231)- Figure 8 200°F (93°C) Green 1, 2, 4 135°F (57°C) Orange RECESSED PENDENT 155°F (68°C) Red (TY1231)'- Figure 9 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green 135°F (57°C) Orange PENDENT (TY2231) 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow and UPRIGHT (TY2131) ° ° 200F 93C ( ) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 135-F (57°C) Orange 4.2 1/2" NPT RECESSED PENDENT 1,2 68 155°F°C ( ) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow (TY2231)* Figure 10 200°F (93°C) Green 135-F (57°C) Orange RECESSED PENDENT ° ° 155F 68C ( ) Red (TY2231)'- Figure 11 1750F (790C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green NOTES: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 4. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 5. Where Polyester Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion -Resistant Sprinklers. :.Installed with Style 10 (1/2" NPT) or Style 40 (3/4" NPT) 3/4" Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. Installed with Style 20 (1/2" NPT) or Style 30 (3/4" NPT) 1/2" Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. Frame and Deflector only. N/A: Not Available TABLE A LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 2.8 AND 4.2 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 6 of 10 SPRINKLER FINISH (See Note 8) K FACTOR TYPE TEMPERATURE BULB LIQUID COLOR NATURAL BRASS CHROME PLATED POLYESTER'" LEAD COATED PENDENT (TY3231) 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 1, 2, 3, 5 UPRIGHT (TY3131) 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F(57°C) Orange RECESSED 155°F (68°C) Red 5.6 1/2" NPT PENDENT (TY3231) 1, 2, 4, 5 N/A 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green Figure 12 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red RECESSED PENDENT (TY3231) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 N/A 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green Figure 13 286°F (141°C) Blue PENDENT (TY4231) 135°F(57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 1, 2, 5 UPRIGHT (TY4131) 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red RECESSED 8.0 3/4 NPT PENDENT (TY4231) 1, 2, 5 N/A 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green Figure 14 286°F (141°C) Blue 135°F (57°C) Orange 155°F (68°C) Red RECESSED PENDENT (TY4231) 1, 2, 3, 5 N/A 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green Figure 15 286°F (141°C) Blue 8 0 1/2" NPT PENDENT (TY4931) and UPRIGHT (TY4831) 135°F (57°C) Orange 1, 2, 4, 5, 6 1, 2, 5 155°F (68°C) Red 175°F (79°C) Yellow 200°F (93°C) Green 286°F (141°C) Blue NOTES: 1. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., (UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 2. Listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., for use in Canada (C-UL) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 3. Approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation (FM) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 4. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 007k/04) as Quick Response Sprinklers. However, LPCB does not rate the thermal sensitivity of recessed sprinklers. 5. Approved by the City of New York under MEA 354-01-E. 6. VdS Approved (For details, contact Tyco Fire Suppression & Building Products, Enschede, Netherlands, Tel. 31-53-428-4444/Fax 31-53-428-3377.) 7. Approved by the Loss Prevention Certification Board (LPCB Ref. No. 094a/06) as Quick Response Sprinklers. 8. Where Polyester Coated and Lead -Coated Sprinklers are noted to be UL and C-UL Listed, the sprinklers are UL and C-UL Listed as Corrosion -Resistant Sprinklers. Where Lead -Coated Sprinklers are noted to be FM Approved, the sprinklers are FM Approved as a Corrosion -Resistant Sprinklers. Installed with Style 10 (1/2" NPT) or Style 40 (3/4" NPT) 3/4" Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. Installed with Style 20 (1/2" NPT) or Style 30 (3/4" NPT) 1/2" Total Adjustment Recessed Escutcheon, as applicable. *** Frame and Deflector only. N/A: Not Available TABLE B LABORATORY LISTINGS AND APPROVALS FOR 5.6 AND 8.0 K-FACTOR SPRINKLERS TFP171 Page 7 of 10 SPRINKLER FINISH K TYPE NATURAL CHROME POLYESTER LEAD FACTOR BRASS PLATED COATED PENDENT (TY1231) and 2.8 UPRIGHT (TY1131) 1/2" NPT 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) N/A RECESSED PENDENT (TY1231) PENDENT (TY2231) and 4.2 UPRIGHT (TY2131) 1/2" NPT 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) N/A RECESSED PENDENT (TY2231) PENDENT (TY3231) and 5.6 UPRIGHT (TY3131) SI (1(12,B R) 1/2" NPT OR 105 RECESSED (SEE NOTE 1) PENDENT (TY3231) PENDENT (TY4231) 175 PSI 8.0 and UPRIGHT (TY4131) (12,1 BAR) 3/4" NPT 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) RECESSED N/A PENDENT (TY4231) 8.0 PENDENT (TY4931) 175 PSI 1/2" NPT and 175 PSI (12,1 BAR) (12,1 BAR) UPRIGHT (TY4831) NOTES: 1. The maximum working pressure of 250 psi (17,2 bar) only applies to the Listing by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL); the Listing by Under- writers Laboratories, Inc. for use in Canada (C-UL); and, the Approval by the City of New York. TABLE C MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE Care and Maintenance The TYCO Series TY-FRB must be maintained and serviced in accordance with this section. Before closing a fire protection system main control valve for maintenance work on the fire protection system that it controls, obtain permission to shut down the affected fire protection systems from the proper authorities and notify all personnel who may be affected by this action. Absence of the outer piece of an escutcheon, which is used to cover a clearance hole, can delay sprinkler operation in a fire situation. Sprinklers which are found to be leaking or exhibiting visible signs of corrosion must be replaced. Automatic sprinklers must never be painted, plated, coated, or other- wise altered after leaving the factory. Modified sprinklers must be replaced. Sprinklers that have been exposed to corrosive products of combustion, but have not operated, should be replaced if they cannot be completely cleaned by wiping the sprinkler with a cloth or by brushing it with a soft bristle brush. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- tion Section.) The owner is responsible for the inspection, testing, and maintenance of their fire protection system and devices in compliance with this document, as well as with the applicable standards of the National Fire Protection Asso- ciation (e.g., NFPA 25), in addition to the standards of any other authorities having jurisdiction. Contact the install- ing contractor or sprinkler manufac- turer regarding any questions. Automatic sprinkler systems are rec- ommended to be inspected, tested, and maintained by a qualified Inspec- tion Service in accordance with local requirements and/or national codes. Care must be exercised to avoid damage to the sprinklers -before, during, and after installation. Sprin- klers damaged by dropping, striking, wrench twist/slippage, or the like, must be replaced. Also, replace any sprin- kler that has a cracked bulb or that has lost liquid from its bulb. (Ref. Installa- tion Section). Initial and frequent visual inspections of random samples are recommended for corrosion -resistant sprinklers to verify the integrity of the corrosion -resistant material of construction. Thereafter, annual inspections per NFPA 25 should suffice. Inspections of corrosion -resistant sprinklers are recommended at close range, instead of from the floor level per NFPA. Inspection at close range can better determine the exact sprin- kler condition and the long-term integ- rity of the corrosion -resistant material, which can be affected by the corrosive conditions present. TFP171 Page 8 of 10 2-7/8" DIA. 5/8±1/4" (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) (17±6,4 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER PLATE FITTING 1 —7— �Z/ MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB (3,22 mm) 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) 13/16" (20,6 mm) FIGURE 8 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 314 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2.8 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT 2-7/8" DIA. 5/8±1/4" (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) (15,9±6,4 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER PLATE FITTING 1/8" 1 (3,2 mm) 1 1 MOUNTING SURFACE , CLOSURE SERIES 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) TY-FRB 3/4" (19,1 mm) FIGURE 10 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 314 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 4.2 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 1/2" 12,7 mm (12,7±3,2 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) / FACE OF (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER PLATE FITTING 1/8" (3,2 mm) / PT i 1 MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE SERIES 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) TY-FRB 1-1/16" (27,0 mm) FIGURE 9 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 112 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 2.8 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT 2-7/8" DIA. 1/2±1/8" (73,0 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) (12,7±3,2 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) / FACE OF (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER PLATE FITTING 1/8" (3,2 mm) PTir � 1 1 MOUNTING SURFACE 7 CLOSURE SERIES 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) TY-FRB 1 " (25,4 mm) FIGURE 11 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 112 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 4.2 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT TFP171 Page 9 of 10 5/8±1/4" (15,9±6,4 mm) FACE OF SPRINKLER FITTING MOUNTING SURFACE 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) (57,2 mm) MOUNTING r, PLATE CLOSURE SERIES TY-FRB C/ r (3,22 mm) 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) FIGURE 12 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 314 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 10 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 5.6 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT 2-7/8" DIA. 5/8±1/4" (73,0 mm) 3/4" (19,1 mm) (15,9±6,4 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER PLATE FITTING 1/8" (3,2 mm) I/ '777, MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE SERIES 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) TY-FRB 13/16" (20,6 mm) FIGURE 14 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 314 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 40 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 8.0 K-FACTOR, 314 INCH NPT 2-7/8" DIA. (73,0 mm) 1/2" 12,7 mm (13,2 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) 7FACE OF (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER PLATE FITTING 1/8" (3,2 mm) P77 � 1 1 MOUNTING SURFACE 7 CLOSURE SERIES 1-1/4" (31,8 mm) TY-FRB 1 " (25,4 mm) FIGURE 13 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 112 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 20 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 5.6 K-FACTOR, 112 INCH NPT 2-7/8" DIA. 1/2±1/8" (73,0 mm) 1/2" (12,7 mm) (12,7±3,2 mm) 2-1/4" DIA. 1/4" (6,4 mm) FACE OF (57,2 mm) MOUNTING SPRINKLER PLATE FITTING 1/8" (3,2 mm) MOUNTING SURFACE CLOSURE SERIES 1-5/16" (33,3 mm) TY-FRB 1-1/16" (27,0 mm) FIGURE 15 SERIES TY-FRB RECESSED PENDENT WITH TWO-PIECE 112 INCH TOTAL ADJUSTMENT STYLE 30 RECESSED ESCUTCHEON 8.0 K-FACTOR, 314 INCH NPT TFP171 Page 10 of 10 P/N 57 - XXX - X - XXX SIN 330 2.8K UPRIGHT (1/2"NPT) TY1131 331 2.8K PENDENT (1/2"NPT) TY1231 340 4.2K UPRIGHT (1/2"NPT) TY2131 341 4.21K PENDENT (1/2"NPT) TY2231 370 5.6K UPRIGHT (1/2"NPT) TY3131 371 5.6K PENDENT (1/2"NPT) TY3231 390 8.OK UPRIGHT (3/4"NPT) TY4131 391 8.OK PENDENT (3/4"NPT) TY4231 360 8.OK UPRIGHT (1/2"NPT) TY4831- 361 8.OK PENDENT (1/2"NPT) TY4931" SPRINKLER FINISH 1 NATURAL BRASS 3 PURE WHITE POLYESTER (RAL9010)1 4 SIGNAL WHITE POLYESTER (RAL9003) 5 JET BLACK POLYESTER (RAL9005)2 7 LEAD COATED 9 1 CHROME PLATED TEMPERATURE RATINGS 135 135°F (57°C) 155 155°F(68°C) 175 175°F(79°C) 200 1 200°F (93°C) 286 1 286°F (141°C) NOTES: 1. Eastern Hemisphere sales only. 2. Available in only 2.8K, 4.2K, and 8.OK, 155°F (68°C) and 200°F (93°C); requires lead time to manufacture. TABLE D SERIES TY-FRB PENDENT AND UPRIGHT SPRINKLERS PART NUMBER SELECTION Limited Warranty For warranty terms and conditions, visit www.tyco-fire.com. Ordering Procedure Contact your local distributor for availability. When placing an order, indicate the full product name and Part Number (P/N). Sprinkler Assemblies with NPT Thread Connections Specify: Series TY-FRB (Specify SIN), (specify K-factor), (specify Pendent or Upright) Sprinkler (specify) temperature rating, (specify) finish or coating, P/N (specify from Table D) Recessed Escutcheon Specify: Style (10, 20, 30, or 40) Recessed Escutcheon with (specify") finish, P/N (specify*) Sprinkler Wrench Specify: W-Type 6 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-000-6-387 Specify: W-Type 7 Sprinkler Wrench, P/N 56-850-4-001 Refer to Technical Data Sheet TFP770 GLOBAL HEADQUARTERS 11400 Pennbrook Parkway, Lansdale, PA 19446 1 Telephone +1-215-362-0700 Copyright © 2015 Tyco Fire Products, LP. All rights reserved. t[�CO TEFLON is trademark of The DuPont Corporation. Fire Protection Products